PYRIDINONE ANALOGS

Information

  • Patent Application
  • 20110112086
  • Publication Number
    20110112086
  • Date Filed
    June 08, 2007
    17 years ago
  • Date Published
    May 12, 2011
    13 years ago
Abstract
The present invention provides pyridinone analogs which may inhibit cell proliferation and/or induce cell apoptosis. The present invention also provides methods of preparing pyridinone analogs, and methods of using the same.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates to pyridinone analogs and uses thereof. The invention also relates to methods of preparing pyridinone analogs.


BACKGROUND

Evidence suggests quadruplex structures can exist in vivo in specific regions of the genome, including the telomeric ends of chromosomes and oncogene regulatory regions (Han, et al., Trends Pharm. Sci. (2000) 21:136-142). Quadruplex structures can form in purine-rich strands of nucleic acids. In duplex nucleic acids, certain purine rich strands are capable of engaging in a slow equilibrium between a typical duplex helix structure and in unwound and non-B-form regions. These unwound and non-B forms can be referred to as “paranemic structures.” Some forms are associated with sensitivity to 51 nuclease digestion, which can be referred to as “nuclease hypersensitivity elements” or “NHEs.” A quadruplex one type of paranemic structure and certain NHEs can adopt a quadruplex structure.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides pyridinone analogs which inhibit cell proliferation and/or induce cell apoptosis, and are believed to act by inhibition of ribosomal RNA biogenesis. The present invention also provides methods of preparing pyridinone analogs, and methods of using the same.


In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds having the general formula:




embedded image


and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and prodrugs thereof;


wherein V, X, and Y are absent if attached to a heteroatom other than Nitrogen, and independently H, halo, azido, R2, CH2R2, SR2, OR2 or NR1R2 when attached to C or N; or


wherein V and X, or X and Y may form a carbocyclic ring, heterocyclic ring, aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be optionally substituted and/or fused with a cyclic ring;


Z1, Z2 and Z3 are C, N, O or S, wherein among Z1, Z2 and Z3 there is at most one O atom and at most one S atom, and at most two carbon atoms;


Z is O, S, NR2, CH2 or C═O;


W together with N and Z forms an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl may be monocyclic or fused with a single or multiple ring, and wherein said ring optionally contains a heteroatom;


U is C(O)R2, C(O)OR2, C(O)NR1R2, C(O)NR1—(CR12)n—NR3R4, SO3R2, SO2NR1R2 or SO2NR1—(CR12)n—NR3R4;


wherein in each NR1R2, R1 and R2 together with N may form an optionally substituted ring;


in NR3R4, R3 and R4 together with N may form an optionally substituted ring;


R1 and R3 are independently H or C1-6 alkyl;


each R2 is H, or a C1-10 alkyl or C2-10 alkenyl each optionally substituted with a halogen, one or more non-adjacent heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, a carbocyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring, an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted; or R2 is an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, heterocyclic ring, aryl or heteroaryl; or R2 is COR1 or S(O)xR1 wherein x is 1-2;


R4 is H, a C1-10 alkyl or C2-10 alkenyl optionally containing one or more non-adjacent heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and optionally substituted with a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or R3 and R4 together with N may form an optionally substituted ring;


each R5 is a substituent at any position on W; and is H, OR2, amino, alkoxy, amido, halogen, cyano or an inorganic substituent; or R5 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, —CONHR1, each optionally substituted by halo, carbonyl or one or more non-adjacent heteroatoms; or two adjacent R5 are linked to obtain a 5-6 membered optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, optionally fused to an additional optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and


n is 1-6.


In the above formula (1), the ring labeled “T” is a five membered ring that can contain up to three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Substituents V, X, and Y are as defined above, and each of them may be absent when the ring atom to which it is connected has no available open valence for substitution. The dashed circle indicates that each ring atom of ring T has a pi bond, which may be provided by either a heteroatom or an sp2 hybridized carbon. In many embodiments, T is an aromatic ring, and in certain embodiments, T can be a non-aromatic ring. Ring “T” may, in some embodiments, form an optionally substituted 5-membered ring selected from the group consisting of:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


In the above formula (1), W together with N and Z may form an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring that is fused to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


wherein each Q, Q1, Q2, and Q3 is independently CH or N;


P is independently O, CH, C═O or NR1;


n and R5 is as defined above.


In other embodiments, W together with N and Z may form a group having the formula selected from the group consisting of




embedded image


wherein Z is O, S, NR2, CH2 or C═O;


each Z4 is CR6, NR2, or C═O;


R6 is H, or a substituent known in the art, including but not limited to hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, amino, or amido; and


Ring S and M may be saturated or unsaturated.


In some embodiments, W together with N and Z may form a 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused to a phenyl.


In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the general formula (2A) or (2B):




embedded image


wherein U, V, W, X, Y, Z, Z1, Z2, Z3, R5 and n are as described above;


Z4 is CR6, NR2, or C═O; and


Z and Z4 may optionally form a double bond.


In the above formula (1), (2A) and (2B), U may be C(O)NR1R2 or SO2NR1R2, wherein R1 is H, and R2 is a C1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with a heteroatom, a C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more N, O or S, where the C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted. For example, R2 may be a C1-10 alkyl substituted with an optionally substituted morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, aminodithiadazole, pyrrolidine, piperazine, pyridine or piperidine. In other examples, R1 and R2 together with N form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodithiazole.


In other embodiments, U is SO2NR1—(CR12)n—NR3R4; n is 1-4; each R1 is H or alkyl; and R3 and R4 in NR3R4 together form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodithiazole. In some examples, U is SO2NH—(CH2)n—NR3R4 wherein R3 and R4 together with N form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, which may be linked to (CH2)n at any position in the pyrrolidine ring. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with N form an N-methyl substituted pyrrolidine.


In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds having formula (1), (2A) or (2B), wherein:


each of V and Y if present is independently H or halogen (e.g., chloro or fluoro);


X is —(R5)R1R2, wherein R5 is C or N and wherein in each —(R5)R1R2, R1 and R2 together may form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring;


Z is NH or N-alkyl (e.g., N—CH3);


W together with N and Z forms an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused with an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring; and


U is —SO2R5R6—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4, wherein R5 is CR1 or N; R1 is H or alkyl; R6 is H or C1-10 alkyl and wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the C may form an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring, or wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the N may form an optionally substituted carbocyclic, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring.


In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds having formula (1), (2A) or (2B), wherein:


V and Y if present is H or halogen (e.g., chloro or fluoro);


X if present is —(CR1)R1R2, or NR1R2 and wherein R1 and R2 together may form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring;


Z is NH or N-alkyl (e.g., N—CH3);


W together with N and Z forms an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused with an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring; and


U is —SO2CR1R6—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4, or U is SO2NR6—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4


R6 is H or alkyl and wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the C may form an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring, or wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the N may form an optionally substituted carbocyclic, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring.


In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the general formula (3):




embedded image


wherein U, V, X, Y, Z, Z1, Z2, Z3, R5 and n are as described above.


In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the general formula (4A) or (4B):




embedded image


wherein U, V, X, Z, R5 and n are as described above.


In the above formula (1), (2A), (2B), (3), (4A) and (4B), U may be C(O)NR1R2 or SO2NR1R2, wherein R1 is H, and R2 is a C1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with a heteroatom, a C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more N, O or S, where the C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted. For example, R2 may be a C1-10 alkyl substituted with an optionally substituted morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, aminodithiadazole, pyrrolidine, piperazine, pyridine or piperidine ring. In other examples, R1 and R2 together with N form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodiathiazole.


In other embodiments, U is C(O)NR1—(CR12)n—NR3R4 or U is SO2NR1—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4; where n is 1-4; and R3 and R4 in NR3R4 together form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodiathiazole. In some examples, U is C(O)NH—(CH2)n—NR3R4 wherein R3 and R4 together with N form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, which may be linked to (CH2)n at any position in the pyrrolidine ring. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with N from an N-methyl substituted pyrrolidine, in some embodiments, U is C(O)NH—(CH2)2-(1-methyl pyrrolidin-2-yl) or C(O)NH—(CH2)2 (2-pyrrolidin-1-yl).


In the above formula (1), (2A), (2B), (3), (4A) and (4B) Z may be S or NR2. In some embodiments, at least one of V, X or Y when attached to C is halo.


In each of the above formula, each optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with acetyl, OR2, amino, alkoxy, amido, halogen, cyano, an inorganic substituent; or a C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, —CONHR1, each optionally substituted by halo, an oxo group, aryl or one or more heteroatoms; inorganic substituents, aryl, carbocyclic or a heterocyclic ring. Other substituents include but are not limited to alkynyl, cycloalkyl, fluorinated alkyls such as CF3, CH2CF3, perfluorinated alkyls, etc.; oxygenated fluorinated alkyls such as OCF3 or CH2CF3, etc.; cyano, nitro, COR2, NR2COR2, sulfonyl amides; NR2SOOR2; SR2, SOR2, COOR2, CONR22, OCOR2, OCOOR2, OCONR22, NRCOOR2, NRCONR22, NRC(NR)(NR22), NR(CO)NR22, and SOONR22, wherein each R2 is as defined in formula 1.


In one embodiment, each of Z1, Z2 and Z3 are C. In another embodiment, two of Z1, Z2 and Z3 is C, and the other is N, O or S. For example, Z2 and Z3 are C, and Z1 is S. In other examples, one of Z1, Z2 and Z3 is C and the other two are N, O, or S. For example, Z2 is C, Z3 is N and Z1 is S.


In some embodiments, each of V and X is H and the corresponding Z2-Z3 are C. In other embodiments, at least one of V and X is H and the corresponding adjacent Z2-Z3 atom is C. In yet other embodiments, one of V and X is H, and the corresponding adjacent Z2-Z3 atom is C, and the other of V and X is a bond, and the corresponding adjacent Z2-Z3 atom is N.


In certain embodiments, one of V, X and Y is a halogen (e.g., fluorine) or NR2, wherein R2 is a C0-10 alkyl or C2-10 alkenyl optionally substituted with a heteroatom, a carbocyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring, an aryl or a heteroaryl; and the corresponding adjacent Z1-Z3 is C. In yet other examples, V, Y and X independently may be selected from alkynyls, fluorinated alkyls such as CF3, CH2CF3, perfluorinated alkyls, etc.; cyano, nitro, amides, sulfonyl amides, or carbonyl compounds such as COR2, and the corresponding adjacent Z1-Z3 is C. In certain embodiments, V, X and Y are H.


In each of the above formulas, U, V and X if present may contacomprise NR1R2, wherein R1 is H, and R2 is a C1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with a heteroatom, a C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more N, O or S; and each of the C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic rings can be optionally substituted. If more than one NR1R2 moiety is present in a compound within the invention, as when both X and U comprise NR1R2 in a compound according to any one of the above formula, each R1 and each R2 is independently selected. In one example, R2 is a C1-10 alkyl substituted with an optionally substituted 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring. For example, R2 may be a C1-10 alkyl substituted with an optionally substituted morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, aminodithiadazole, pyrrolidine, piperazine, pyridine or piperidine ring. Alternatively, R1 and R2 together with N may form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing one or more N, O or S. For example, R1 and R2 together with N may form optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodithiazole.


In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds having formula (1), (2A) or (2B), wherein:


each of V and Y are H;


X if present is H, halo or —(R5)R1R2, wherein R5 is C or N and wherein in each —(R5)R1R2, R1 and R2 together may form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring;


Z is S, NH or N-alkyl (e.g., N—CH3);


W together with N and Z forms an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused with an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring; and


U is —(C(O)C(R6)2—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4 or (C(O)NR6—(CH2)n—CHR2—NR3R4, wherein R6 is H or C1-10 alkyl and wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the C may form an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring, or wherein in the —CHR2—NR3R4 moiety each R3 or R4 together with the N may form an optionally substituted carbocyclic, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring.


In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for preparing compounds having formula (5)




embedded image


comprising contacting an ester, NHR1R2, and a Lewis acid, wherein said ester has formula (6)




embedded image


wherein T, V, W, X, Y, Z, Z1, Z2, Z3, R1, R2, R5 and n are as described above in formula (1);


and W together with N and Z forms an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl may be monocyclic or fused with a single or multiple ring, and wherein said ring optionally contains a heteroatom.


The present methods for preparing compounds having formula (5) may involve amide coupling of an ester with an amine in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum chloride. Suitable Lewis acids may be selected by conducting a test reaction, and observing the amount of reaction product produced, as described hereafter. The present methods do not require hydrolysis of the ester to a carboxylic acid prior to amide coupling, and are simpler.


In one embodiment, the Lewis acid has formula MLn, wherein L is a halogen atom or an organic radical, n is 3-5, and M is a group III elemental atom, a group IV elemental atom, As, Sb, V or Fe.


In the above methods, the contacting step may be performed at room temperature. Alternatively, the ester, amine and Lewis acid may be contacted at cooler or elevated temperatures than room temperature, which may be determined by one skilled in the art.


In one embodiment, the contacting step may comprise contacting the ester and amine in an organic solvent to form a solution, and contacting the solution with a Lewis acid. In one example, the organic solvent may be methylene chloride. The reaction may also be conducted using other suitable solvents known in the art.


In another embodiment, an excess of amine in relation to the ester may be used. For example, the ratio of the ester to the amine may be 1:2; 1:1.5; or 1:1.25.


In another embodiment, an equimolar amount of Lewis acid to the amine may be used. Alternatively, the amount of Lewis acid used may be more or less than the amine.


The above methods may further comprise isolating a compound having any one of the above formula. The isolated compounds may further be purified using any methods known in the art. For example, the isolated compounds may be purified through column chromatography, recrystallization, or both.


In the above methods, the purity of the isolated compounds may be between 90 and 99%. For example, the isolated compounds may have a purity between 90 and 95%.


In the above methods, the ester may be contacted with H2N(CR32)n—NR3R4, wherein


R3 is H or C1-6 alkyl;


n is 1-6; and


R4 is H or a C1-10 alkyl or C2-10 alkenyl optionally containing one or more non-adjacent heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and optionally substituted with an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and


wherein in NR3R4, R3 and R4 may form an optionally substituted ring such as those previously described above.


The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound having any one of the above formula, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one example, the composition comprises a compound having any one of the above formula, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol in a buffer solution.


Compounds of the invention exert biological activity in assays described herein. For example, compounds of the invention can inhibit RNA biogenesis and can suppress tumor growth. Though not limiting the invention by any theory of its operation, it is believed that the compounds can function in part by interacting with quadruplex-forming regions of nucleic acids and modulating ribosomal RNA transcription. Compounds of the invention also may modulate the interaction of quadruplex-forming nucleic acids with nucleolin, a protein that is associated with apoptosis; thus modulation of the activity, localization or stability of nucleolin may also contribute to the ability of these compounds to induce apoptosis. The present invention also provides methods of preparing these compounds, and methods of using the same.


Accordingly, the present invention relates in part to methods for reducing cell proliferation and/or inducing cell death, comprising contacting a system with an effective amount of a compound having any one of the above formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, thereby reducing cell proliferation and/or inducing cell death, such as apoptosis or apoptotic cell death, in said system. The system may be a cell or a tissue. In one embodiment, the system includes a pancreatic cell, such as a cell from a subject or a cultured cell (e.g., in vitro or ex vivo). In particular embodiments, the system includes a pancreatic cancer cell. In one embodiment, the system is a cell line such as PC3, HCT116, HT29, MIA Paca-2, HPAC, Hs700T, Panc10.05, Panc 02.13, PL45, SW 190, Hs 766T, CFPAC-1 and PANC-1.


The present invention also provides methods for ameliorating a cell proliferative disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having any one of the above formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, thereby ameliorating said cell-proliferative disorder. For example, cell proliferation may be reduced, and/or cell death, such as apoptosis or apoptotic cell death, may be induced. The cell proliferative disorder may be a tumor or a cancer in a human or animal subject. In a particular embodiment, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, including non-endocrine and endocrine tumors. Illustrative examples of non-endocrine tumors include but are not limited to adenocarcinomas, acinar cell carcinomas, adenosquamous carcinomas, giant cell tumors, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms, mucinous cystadenocarcinomas, pancreatoblastomas, serous cystadenomas, solid and pseudopapillary tumors. An endocrine tumor may be an islet cell tumor.


The above methods for reducing cell proliferation and/or inducing cell death may also be practiced in combination with a procedure and/or a chemotherapeutic agent. Examples of procedures that may be used in combination with the methods of the present invention include but are not limited to radiotherapy and surgery. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are administered in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent, and used to reduce cell proliferation, induce cell death, and/or ameliorate a cell proliferative disorder.


Furthermore, the present invention provides methods for reducing microbial titers, comprising contacting a system with an effective amount of a compound having any one of the above formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with an antimicrobial agent, thereby reducing microbial titers. The system may be a cell or a tissue. The present invention also provides methods for ameliorating a microbial infection, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having any one of the above formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with an antimicrobial agent, thereby ameliorating said microbial infection. The subject may be human or an animal. The microbial titers may be viral, bacterial or fungal titers.


The present invention also relates to methods for determining interaction selectivity between a compound having any one of the above formula, and nucleic acids capable of forming a quadruplex structure, comprising: a) contacting a compound in the absence of a competitor molecule with three or more nucleic acids capable of forming a quadruplex structure, wherein each nucleic acid is not a telomere nucleic acid; b) measuring a direct interaction between the compound and said three or more nucleic acids; and c) determining interaction selectivity from a comparison of the interaction measurements. In one example, three or more nucleic acids comprise a nucleotide sequence located 5′ of an oncogene nucleotide sequence. The oncogene may be MYC, HIF, VEGF, ABL, TGF, PDGFα, MYB, SPARC, HER, VAV, RET, H-RAS, EGF, SRC, BCL-1, BCL-2, DHFR, or HMGA. In determining interaction selectivity, the compound may be separately contacted with each of said three or more nucleic acids in a different vessel. Furthermore, the interaction selectivity may be determined from a comparison of IC50 values.


The compounds of the present invention may or may not interact with regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the present invention may bind and/or stabilize a propeller quadruplex. Examples of propeller quadruplexes include but are not limited to H-RAS, RET, BCL-1, DHFR, TGF-β, HIF-1α, VEGF, c-Myc, or PDGFα. In another embodiment, the compound may bind and/or stabilize a chair-eller or a basket quadruplex. For example, the compound may bind and/or stabilize BCL-2.


The present invention also provides methods for inducing cell death, such as apoptotic cell death (apoptosis), comprising administering to a system or a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having any one of the above formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with a chemotherapeutic agent. The present invention also provides methods for treating or ameliorating a disorder mediated by oncogene overexpression, such as c-Myc overexpression, comprising administering to a system or a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound having any of the formula, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with a chemotherapeutic agent. The subject may be human or an animal, and system may be a cell or a tissue.


Compounds of the above formulas also may be capable of modulating the activities of various protein kinases, as they contain structural features that are known to bind to protein kinases, and are accordingly useful for the identification of protein kinase modulators using screening methods known in the art. Representative screening methods for certain kinases are provided herein. Accordingly, the invention provides a method for identifying a modulator of a protein kinase, which modulator sometimes is a potent modulator of one or more particular protein kinases. This method comprises screening a library of compounds described herein, which library contains at least 10 different compounds each of which is of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, and often at least 100 of such compounds, for their ability to modulate the activity of a protein kinase. Alternatively, the method comprises screening a set of protein kinases, such as at least three or at least ten protein kinases, with a compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, to determine a differential activity profile. These methods allow the user to identify a compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5 having a desired level of activity and/or selectivity as a protein kinase activity modulator, which compound may be used to initiate a drug development program. Thus in another embodiment, the invention provides a composition comprising an isolated protein kinase complexed with a compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5. Such complexes are useful for the information they provide about the binding site of a modulating compound to the particular kinase, and as a research tool for analyzing the structure of the kinase. Such complexes are also useful because they may be more readily crystallized than the uncomplexed kinase, allowing crystallization and crystal structure determination where it would not be possible without the bound modulating compound.


Also provided herein is a method for identifying a molecule that modulates an interaction between a ribosomal nucleic acid and a protein that interacts with the nucleic acid, which comprises: (a) contacting a nucleic acid containing a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence and the protein with a test molecule having any of the structures disclosed above, where the nucleic acid is capable of binding to the protein, and (b) detecting the amount of the nucleic acid bound or not bound to the protein, whereby the test molecule is identified as a molecule that modulates the interaction when a different amount of the nucleic acid binds to the protein in the presence of the test molecule than in the absence of the test molecule. In some embodiments, the protein is selected from the group consisting of Nucleolin, Fibrillarin, RecQ, QPN1 and functional fragments of the foregoing.


In some embodiments, provided is a method for identifying a molecule that causes nucleolin displacement, which comprises (a) contacting a nucleic acid containing a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence and a nucleolin protein with a test molecule of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, where the nucleic acid is capable of binding to the nucleolin protein, and (b) detecting the amount of the nucleic acid bound or not bound to the nucleolin protein, whereby the test molecule is identified as a molecule that causes nucleolin displacement when less of the nucleic acid binds to the nucleolin protein in the presence of the test molecule than in the absence of the test molecule. In some embodiments, the nucleolin protein is in association with a detectable label, and the nucleolin protein sometimes is in association with a solid phase. The nucleic acid sometimes is in association with a detectable label, and the nucleic acid may be in association with a solid phase in certain embodiments. The nucleic acid may be DNA, RNA or an analog thereof, and may comprise a nucleotide sequence described above in specific embodiments. Provided also is a composition comprising a nucleic acid having a ribosomal nucleotide sequence provided herein, or substantially identical sequence thereof, and/or a protein that binds to the nucleotide sequence (e.g., Nucleolin, Fibrillarin, RecQ, QPN1 and functional fragments of the foregoing), and a compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5.


Also provided is a method for identifying a molecule that binds to a nucleic acid containing a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence, which comprises: (a) contacting a nucleic acid containing a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence described herein, a compound that binds to the nucleic acid and a test molecule of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, and (b) detecting the amount of the compound bound or not bound to the nucleic acid, whereby the test molecule is identified as a molecule that binds to the nucleic acid when less of the compound binds to the nucleic acid in the presence of the test molecule than in the absence of the test molecule. The compound sometimes is in association with a detectable label, and at times is radiolabeled. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5 or a porphyrin. The nucleic acid may be in association with a solid phase in certain embodiments. The nucleic acid may be DNA, RNA or an analog thereof, and may comprise a nucleotide sequence described above in specific embodiments. The nucleic acid may form a quadruplex, such as an intramolecular quadruplex, in certain embodiments. Examples of ribosomal nucleotide sequences are described herein and in co-pending provisional patent application Ser. No. 60/789,109, filed Apr. 3, 2006, and entitled HUMAN RIBOSOMAL DNA (rDNA) AND RIBOSOMAL RNA (rRNA) QUADRUPLEX NUCLEIC ACIDS AND USES THEREOF. Thus, provided also is a composition comprising a compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5 and a nucleic acid containing a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence (e.g., a sequence from SEQ ID NO: 1, a complementary sequence thereof, or an RNA transcript of the foregoing).


Also provided herein is a method for identifying a modulator of nucleic acid synthesis, which comprises contacting a template nucleic acid, a primer oligonucleotide having a nucleotide sequence complementary to a template nucleic acid nucleotide sequence, extension nucleotides, a polymerase and a test molecule of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, under conditions that allow the primer oligonucleotide to hybridize to the template nucleic acid, wherein the template nucleic acid comprises a human ribosomal nucleotide sequence, and detecting the presence, absence or amount of an elongated primer product synthesized by extension of the primer nucleic acid, whereby the test molecule is identified as a modulator of nucleic acid synthesis when less of the elongated primer product is synthesized in the presence of the test molecule than in the absence of the test molecule. In certain embodiments, the method is directed to identifying a modulator of RNA synthesis, and in certain embodiments, identifying a modulator of nucleolar RNA synthesis. The template nucleic acid sometimes is DNA and at times is RNA, and the template can include by way of example any one or more of the ribosomal nucleotide sequences described herein. The polymerase sometimes is a DNA polymerase and at times is a RNA polymerase. In certain embodiments, cells are contacted with a test compound of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5 and RNA levels are detected in the cells, whereby a test compound that reduces the amount of RNA compared to cells not treated with the test compound is identified as a molecule that modultes RNA synthesis. In the latter embodiments, total RNA levels may be assessed, and in some embodiments, the total amount of newly synthesized RNA may be assessed, such as by incorporation and detection of a detectable nucleotide in the RNA (e.g., radioactively labeled nucleotide (e.g., tritiated nucleotide)), for example.


In a specific assay embodiment, provided herein is a method for identifying a molecule that modulates ribosomal RNA (rRNA) synthesis, which comprises: contacting cells with a test molecule of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5, contacting a ribosomal nucleotide sequence with one or more primers that amplify a portion thereof and a labeled probe that hybridizes to the amplification product, and detecting the amount of the amplification product by hybridization of the labeled probe, whereby a test molecule that reduces or increases the amount of amplification product is identified as a molecule that modulates rRNA synthesis. The labeled probe in some embodiments is added after the primers are added and the rRNA is amplified, and in certain embodiments, the labeled probe and the primers are added at the same time. The portion of ribosomal nucleotide sequence amplified sometimes is at the 5′ end of rDNA.


In certain embodiments, the invention provides a library of compounds, which library comprises at least 10 compounds of formula 1, 2A, 2B, 3, 4A, 4B or 5. The library preferably contains at least 100 such compounds. This library can be used to identify compounds having one or more of the activities described herein, or a specific combination of such activities using methods known in the art. The method is particularly useful for identifying molecules having a threshold level of biological activity, including but not limited to (a) binding to quadruplex nucleic acid or inhibiting formation of quadruplex nucleic acid (rDNA or rRNA), (b) activity against a specific protein kinase or set of protein kinases and (c) activity as a modulator of binding of a nucleic acid to a protein, such as nucleolin, for example.





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS


FIG. 1 shows the effect of an exemplary compound of the present invention on RNA synthesis in an HCT-116 colorectal cancer xenograft model.



FIG. 2 shows the pharmacokinetics of an exemplary compound of the present invention.



FIGS. 3A and 3B show the activity of an exemplary compound of the present invention in an HCT-116 colorectal cancer xenograft model.





DEFINITIONS

As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a carbon-containing compound, and encompasses compounds containing one or more heteroatoms. The term “alkyl” also encompasses alkyls substituted with one or more substituents including but not limited to OR1, amino, amido, halo, ═O, aryl, heterocyclic groups, or inorganic substituents.


As used herein, the term “carbocycle” refers to a cyclic compound containing only carbon atoms in the ring, whereas a “heterocycle” refers to a cyclic compound comprising a heteroatom. The carbocyclic and heterocyclic structures encompass compounds having monocyclic, bicyclic or multiple ring systems.


As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic hydrocarbon substituent, whereas a “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” refer to an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom. The aryl and heteroaryl structures encompass compounds having monocyclic, bicyclic or multiple ring systems.


As used herein, the term “heteroatom” refers to any atom that is not carbon or hydrogen, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.


Illustrative examples of heterocycles include but are not limited to tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 2,3-dihydrofuran, pyran, tetrahydropyran, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuran, isoxazole, 4,5-dihydroisoxazole, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidin-2-one, pyrrole, pyridine, pyrimidine, octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridine, piperazine, pyrazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, imidazolidine-2,4-dione, 1,3-dihydrobenzimidazol-2-one, indole, thiazole, benzothiazole, thiadiazole, thiophene, tetrahydro-thiophene 1,1-dioxide, diazepine, triazole, guanidine, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-1H-β-carboline, oxirane, oxetane, tetrahydropyran, dioxane, lactones, aziridine, azetidine, piperidine, lactams, and may also encompass heteroaryls. Other illustrative examples of heteroaryls include but are not limited to furan, pyrrole, pyridine, pyrimidine, imidazole, benzimidazole and triazole.


As used herein, the term “inorganic substituent” refers to substituents that do not contain carbon or contain carbon bound to elements other than hydrogen (e.g., elemental carbon, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and carbonate). Examples of inorganic substituents include but are not limited to nitro, halogen, sulfonyls, sulfinyls, phosphates, etc.


The terms “treat,” “treatment” and “therapeutic effect” as used herein refer to reducing or stopping a cell proliferation rate (e.g., slowing or halting tumor growth) or reducing the number of proliferating cancer cells (e.g., removing part or all of a tumor). These terms also are applicable to reducing a titre of a microorganism in a system (i.e., cell, tissue, or subject) infected with a microorganism, reducing the rate of microbial propagation, reducing the number of symptoms or an effect of a symptom associated with the microbial infection, and/or removing detectable amounts of the microbe from the system. Examples of microorganism include but are not limited to virus, bacterium and fungus.


As used herein, the term “chemotherapeutic agent” refers to a therapeutic agent that may be used for treating or ameliorating a cell proliferative disorder such as tumors or cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limited to an antineoplastic agent, an alkylating agent, a plant alkaloid, an antimicrobial agent, a sulfonamide, an antiviral agent, a platinum agent, and other anticancer agents known in the art. Particular examples of chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limited to cisplatin, carboplatin, busulphan, methotrexate, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, mephalan, vincristine, vinblastine, chlorambucil, paclitaxel, gemcitabine, and others known in the art. (See e.g., Goodman & Gilman's, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (9th Ed) (Goodman, et al., eds.) (McGraw-Hill) (1996); and 1999 Physician's Desk Reference (1998)).


As used herein, the term “apoptosis” refers to an intrinsic cell self-destruction or suicide program. In response to a triggering stimulus, cells undergo a cascade of events including cell shrinkage, blebbing of cell membranes and chromatic condensation and fragmentation. These events culminate in cell conversion to clusters of membrane-bound particles (apoptotic bodies), which are thereafter engulfed by macrophages.


DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to pyridinone compounds having formula (1), (2A), (2B), (3), (4A), (4B) and (5), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof. The present invention also relates to methods for using the compounds described herein, such as in screening and in treatment. The compounds of the present invention may or may not interact with regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes.


The compounds of present invention having formula (1), (2A), (2B), (3), (4A), (4B) and (5) are reproduced below:




embedded image


embedded image


wherein T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, Z1, Z2, Z3, R5 and n are as described above.


The compounds of the present invention may be chiral. As used herein, a chiral compound is a compound that is different from its mirror image, and has an enantiomer. Furthermore, the compounds may be racemic, or an isolated enantiomer or stereoisomer. Methods of synthesizing chiral compounds and resolving a racemic mixture of enantiomers are well known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, (1985), which is incorporated herein by reference.


Exemplary compounds of the present invention were tested using screening assays such as those described herein. FIGS. 1-3 show the activity of an exemplary compound of the present invention in an HCT-116 colorectal cancer xenograft model.


The present invention also encompasses other compounds having any one formula (1), (2A), (2B), (3), (4A), (4B) and (5), comprising substituents U, V, X and Y independently selected from the substituents exemplified in the Examples. Thus, the present invention is not limited to the specific combination of substituents described in various embodiments below.


The compounds described herein may interact with regions of nucleic acids that can form quadruplexes. Because regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes are regulators of biological processes such as oncogene transcription, modulators of quadruplex biological activity can be utilized as cancer therapeutics. Molecules that interact with regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes can exert a therapeutic effect on certain cell proliferative disorders and related conditions. Particularly, abnormally increased oncogene expression can cause cell proliferative disorders, and quadruplex structures typically down-regulate oncogene expression. Examples of oncogenes include but are not limited to MYC, HIF, VEGF, ABL, TGF, PDGFA, MYB, SPARC, HUMTEL, HER, VAV, RET, H-RAS, EGF, SRC, BCL1, BCL2, DHFR, HMGA, and other oncogenes known to one of skill in the art. Furthermore, the compounds described herein may induce cell death (e.g., apoptosis) and not interact with regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes.


Molecules that bind to regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes can exert a biological effect according to different mechanisms, which include for example, stabilizing a native quadruplex structure, inhibiting conversion of a native quadruplex to duplex DNA by blocking strand cleavage, and stabilizing a native quadruplex structure having a quadruplex-destabilizing nucleotide substitution and other sequence specific interactions. Thus, compounds that bind to regions of DNA that can form quadruplexes described herein may be administered to cells, tissues, or organisms for the purpose of down-regulating oncogene transcription and thereby treating cell proliferative disorders.


Determining whether the biological activity of native DNA that can form quadruplexes is modulated in a cell, tissue, or organism can be accomplished by monitoring quadruplex biological activity. Quadruplex forming regions of DNA biological activity may be monitored in cells, tissues, or organisms, for example, by detecting a decrease or increase of gene transcription in response to contacting the quadruplex forming DNA with a molecule. Transcription can be detected by directly observing RNA transcripts or observing polypeptides translated by transcripts, which are methods well known in the art.


Molecules that interact with quadruplex forming DNA and quadruplex forming nucleic acids can be utilized to treat many cell proliferative disorders. Cell proliferative disorders include, for example, colorectal cancers and hematopoietic neoplastic disorders (i.e., diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin such as those arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof). The diseases can arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (Vaickus, Crit. Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol. 11:267-297 (1991)). Lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin's disease and Reed-Sternberg disease. Cell proliferative disorders also include cancers of the colorectum, breast, lung, liver, pancreas, lymph node, colon, prostate, brain, head and neck, skin, liver, kidney, and heart. Compounds that interact with regions of DNA that may form quadruplexes also can be utilized to target cancer related processes and conditions, such as increased angiogenesis, by inhibiting angiogenesis in a subject.


The present invention provides a method for reducing cell proliferation or for treating or alleviating cell proliferative disorders, comprising contacting a system having a native DNA capable of forming a quadruplex region with a compound having any one of the above formula. The system may be a group of cells or one or more tissues. In one embodiment, the system is a subject in need of a treatment of a cell proliferative disorder (e.g., a mammal such as a mouse, rat, monkey, or human). The present invention also provides a method for treating colorectal cancer by administering a compound that interacts with a c-MYC quadruplex forming region to a subject in need thereof, thereby reducing the colorectal cancer cell proliferation. Furthermore, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting angiogenesis and optionally treating a cancer associated with angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound that interacts with a vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) quadruplex forming region to a subject in need thereof, thereby reducing angiogenesis and optionally treating a cancer associated with angiogenesis.


Compounds that interact with quadruplex forming regions of DNA can also be used to reduce a microbial infection, such as a viral infection. Retroviruses offer a wealth of potential targets for G-quadruplex targeted therapeutics. G-quadruplex structures have been implicated as functional elements in at least two secondary structures formed by either viral RNA or DNA in HIV, the dimer linker structure (DLS) and the central DNA flap (CDF). Additionally, DNA aptamers which are able to adopt either inter- or intramolecular quadruplex structures are able to inhibit viral replication. In one example, DNA aptamers are able to inhibit viral replication by targeting the envelope glycoprotein (putatively). In another example, DNA aptamers inhibit viral replication by targeting the HIV-integrase respectively, suggesting the involvement of native quadruplex structures in interaction with the integrase enzyme.


Dimer linker structures, which are common to all retroviruses, serve to bind two copies of the viral genome together by a non-covalent interaction between the two 5′ ends of the two viral RNA sequences. The genomic dimer is stably associated with the gag protein in the mature virus particle. In the case of HIV, the origin of this non-covalent binding may be traced to a 98 base-pair sequence containing several runs of at least two consecutive guanines (e.g., the 3′ for the formation of RNA dimers in vitro). An observed cation (potassium) dependence for the formation and stability of the dimer in vitro, in addition to the failure of an antisense sequence to effectively dimerize, has revealed the most likely binding structure to be an intermolecular G-quadruplex.


Prior to integration into the host genome, reverse transcribed viral DNA forms a pre-integration complex (PIC) with at least two major viral proteins, integrase and reverse transcriptase, which is subsequently transported into the nucleus. The Central DNA Flap (CDF) refers to 99-base length single-stranded tail of the +strand, occurring near the center of the viral duplex DNA, which is known to a play a role in the nuclear import of the PIC. Oligonucleotide mimics of the CDF have been shown to form intermolecular G-quadruplex structures in cell-free systems.


Thus, compounds that recognize quadruplex forming regions can be used to stabilize the dimer linker structure and thus prevent de-coupling of the two RNA strands. Also, by binding to the quadruplex structure formed by the CDF, protein recognition and/or binding events for nuclear transport of the PIC may be disrupted. In either case, a substantial advantage can exist over other anti-viral therapeutics. Current Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Therapeutic (HAART) regimes rely on the use of combinations of drugs targeted towards the HIV protease and HIV integrase. The requirement for multi-drug regimes is to minimize the emergence of resistance, which will usually develop rapidly when agents are used in isolation. The source of such rapid resistance is the infidelity of the reverse transcriptase enzyme which makes a mutation approximately once in every 10,000 base pairs. An advantage of targeting viral quadruplex structures over protein targets, is that the development of resistance is slow or is impossible. A point mutation of the target quadruplex can compromise the integrity of the quadruplex structure and lead to a non-functional copy of the virus. A single therapeutic agent based on this concept may replace the multiple drug regimes currently employed, with the concomitant benefits of reduced costs and the elimination of harmful drug/drug interactions.


The present invention provides a method for reducing a microbial titer in a system, comprising contacting a system having a native DNA quadruplex forming region with a compound having any one of the above formula. The system may be one or more cells or tissues. Examples of microbial titers include but are not limited to viral, bacterial or fungal titers. In a particular embodiment, the system is a subject in need of a treatment for a viral infection (e.g., a mammal such as a mouse, rat, monkey, or human). Examples of viral infections include infections by a hepatitis virus (e.g., hepatitis B or C), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), rhinovirus, herpes-zoster virus (VZV), herpes simplex virus (e.g., HSV-1 or HSV-2), cytomegalovirus (CMV), vaccinia virus, influenza virus, encephalitis virus, hantavirus, arbovirus, West Nile virus, human papilloma virus (HPV), Epstein-Barr virus, and respiratory syncytial virus. The present invention also provides a method for treating HIV infection by administering a compound having any one of the above formula to a subject in need thereof, thereby reducing the HIV infection.


Identifying Compounds that can Bind to Quadruplex Forming Regions of DNA


Compounds described herein may bind to quadruplex forming regions of DNA where a biological activity of this region, often expressed as a “signal,” produced in a system containing the compound is different than the signal produced in a system not containing the compound. While background signals may be assessed each time a new molecule is probed by the assay, detecting the background signal is not required each time a new molecule is assayed.


Examples of quadruplex forming nucleotide sequences are set forth in the following Table 2:















SEQ




ID


SEQUENCE
NO
ORIGIN

















TG4AG3TG4AG3TG4AAGG
1
CMYC





GGGGGGGGGGGGGCGGGGGCGGGGGCGGGGGAGGGGC
2
PDGFA





G8ACGCG3AGCTG5AG3CTTG4CCAG3CG4CGCTTAG5
3
PDGF




B/c-sis





AGGAAGGGGAGGGCCGGGGGGAGGTGGC
4
CABL





AGGGGCGGGGCGGGGCGGGGGC
5
RET





AG4CG3CGCGGGAGGAAGGGGGCGGGAGCGGGGCTG
6
BCL-2





GGGGGGCGGGGGCGGGCGCAGGGGGAGGGGGC
7
Cyclin




D1/BCL-1





CGGGGCGGGGCGGGGGCGGGGGC
8
H-RAS





AGAGGAGGAGGAGGTCACGGAGGAGGAGGAGAAGGAG
9
CMYB


GAGGAGGAA or AGAGGAGGAGGAGGACACGGAGGAG


GAGGAGAAGGAGGAGGAGGAA





(GGA)4
10
VAV





AGAGAAGAGGGGAGGAGGAGGAGGAGAGGAGGAGGCGC
11
HMGA2





GGAGGGGGAGGGG
12
CPIM





AGGAGAAGGAGGAGGTGGAGGAGGAGG
13
HER2/




neu





AGGAGGAGGAGAATGCGAGGAGGAGGGAGGAGA
14
EGFR





GGGGCGGGCCGGGGGCGGGGTCCCGGCGGGGCGGAG
15
VEGF





CGGGAGGAGGAGGAAGGAGGAAGCGCG
16
CSRC









In addition to determining whether a test molecule or test nucleic acid gives rise to a different signal, the affinity of the interaction between the nucleic acid and the compound may be quantified. IC50, Kd, or Ki threshold values may be compared to the measured IC50 or Kd values for each interaction, and thereby identify a test molecule as a quadruplex interacting molecule or a test nucleic acid as a quadruplex forming nucleic acid. For example, IC50 or Kd threshold values of 10 μM or less, 1 μM or less, and 100 nM or less are often utilized. In another example, threshold values of 10 nM or less, 1 nM or less, 100 pM or less, and 10 pM or less may be utilized to identify quadruplex interacting molecules and quadruplex forming nucleic acids.


Many assays are available for identifying compounds that have affinity for quadruplex forming regions of DNA. In some of these assays, the biological activity is the quadruplex nucleic acid binding to a compound and binding is measured as a signal. In other assays, the biological activity is a polymerase arresting function of a quadruplex and the degree of arrest is measured as a decrease in a signal. In certain assays, the biological activity is transcription and transcription levels can be quantified as a signal. In another assay, the biological activity is cell death and the number of cells undergoing cell death is quantified. Another assay monitors proliferation rates of cancer cells. Examples of assays are fluorescence binding assays, gel mobility shift assays (see, e.g., Jin & Pike, Mol. Endocrinol. (1996) 10:196-205), polymerase arrest assays, transcription reporter assays, cancer cell proliferation assays, and apoptosis assays (see, e.g., Amersham Biosciences (Piscataway, N.J.)), and embodiments of such assays are described hereafter in Example 8. Also, topoisomerase assays can be utilized to determine whether the quadruplex interacting molecules have a topoisomerase pathway activity (see, e.g., TopoGEN, Inc. (Columbus, Ohio)).


Formulation of Compounds

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and amides” includes but are not limited to carboxylate salts, amino acid addition salts, esters and amides of the compounds, as well as the zwitterionic forms thereof, which are known to those skilled in the art as suitable for use with humans and animals. (See, e.g., Gerge, S. M., et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66:1-19, which is incorporated herein by reference.)


Any suitable formulation of the compounds described herein can be prepared. In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compounds as salts may be appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids that form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, α-ketoglutarate, and α-glycerophosphate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained using standard procedures well known in the art. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium) salts of carboxylic acids also are made.


A compound may be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition and administered to a mammalian host in need of such treatment. In one embodiment, the mammalian host is human. Any suitable route of administration may be used, including but not limited to oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, topical and subcutaneous routes.


In one embodiment, a compound is administered systemically (e.g., orally) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle such as an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. They may be enclosed in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly with the food of the patient's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the active compound may be combined with one or more excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 0.1% of active compound. The percentage of the compositions and preparations may be varied and may conveniently be between about 2 to about 60% of the weight of a given unit dosage form. The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that an effective dosage level will be obtained.


Tablets, troches, pills, capsules, and the like also may contain the following: binders such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid and the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, fructose, lactose or aspartame or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavoring may be added. When the unit dosage form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier, such as a vegetable oil or a polyethylene glycol. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to otherwise modify the physical form of the solid unit dosage form. For instance, tablets, pills, or capsules may be coated with gelatin, wax, shellac or sugar and the like. A syrup or elixir may contain the active compound, sucrose or fructose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor. Any material used in preparing any unit dosage form is pharmaceutically acceptable and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the active compound may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and devices.


The active compound also may be administered intravenously or intraperitoneally by infusion or injection. Solutions of the active compound or its salts may be prepared in a buffered solution, often phosphate buffered saline, optionally mixed with a nontoxic surfactant. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, triacetin, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. The compound is sometimes prepared as a polymatrix-containing formulation for such administration (e.g., a liposome or microsome). Liposomes are described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,703,055 (Feigner, et al.) and Gregoriadis, Liposome Technology vols. I to III (2nd ed. 1993).


The pharmaceutical dosage forms suitable for injection or infusion can include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions or sterile powders comprising the active ingredient that are adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable or infusible solutions or dispersions, optionally encapsulated in liposomes. In all cases, the ultimate dosage form should be sterile, fluid and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The liquid carrier or vehicle can be a solvent or liquid dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, a polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and the like), vegetable oils, nontoxic glyceryl esters, and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the formation of liposomes, by the maintenance of the particle size in the case of dispersions or by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, buffers or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.


Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filter sterilization. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and the freeze drying techniques, which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient present in the previously sterile-filtered solutions.


For topical administration, the present compounds may be applied in liquid form. Compounds often are administered as compositions or formulations, in combination with a dermatologically acceptable carrier, which may be a solid or a liquid. Examples of useful dermatological compositions used to deliver compounds to the skin are known (see, e.g., Jacquet, et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,608,392), Geria (U.S. Pat. No. 4,992,478), Smith, et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,559,157) and Wortzman (U.S. Pat. No. 4,820,508).


Compounds may be formulated with a solid carrier, which include finely divided solids such as talc, clay, microcrystalline cellulose, silica, alumina and the like. Useful liquid carriers include water, alcohols or glycols or water-alcohol/glycol blends, in which the present compounds can be dissolved or dispersed at effective levels, optionally with the aid of non-toxic surfactants. Adjuvants such as fragrances and additional antimicrobial agents can be added to optimize the properties for a given use. The resultant liquid compositions can be applied from absorbent pads, used to impregnate bandages and other dressings, or sprayed onto the affected area using pump-type or aerosol sprayers. Thickeners such as synthetic polymers, fatty acids, fatty acid salts and esters, fatty alcohols, modified celluloses or modified mineral materials can also be employed with liquid carriers to form spreadable pastes, gels, ointments, soaps, and the like, for application directly to the skin of the user.


Generally, the concentration of the compound in a liquid composition often is from about 0.1 wt % to about 25 wt %, sometimes from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt %. The concentration in a semi-solid or solid composition such as a gel or a powder often is about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt %, sometimes about 0.5 wt % to about 2.5 wt %. A compound composition may be prepared as a unit dosage form, which is prepared according to conventional techniques known in the pharmaceutical industry. In general terms, such techniques include bringing a compound into association with pharmaceutical carrier(s) and/or excipient(s) in liquid form or finely divided solid form, or both, and then shaping the product if required.


Table 3 shows examples of formulations which may be used with compounds described herein. For example, a compound may be formulated having dosages from 10 mg/mL to 20 mg/mL solution, using the formulations herein. In Table 3, the designation “D5W” refers to deionized water with 5% dextrose. Each component in each formulation may be varied without affecting the activity of the compound. In one example, the compound is formulated in a solution comprising polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol in a buffer solution such as a phosphate buffer.















TABLE 3











pH of the





Compound (mL) +
pH of the
formulated




%
Placebo
Placebo
solution



Formulations
(w/w)
solution (mL)
solution
(10 mg/mL)





















1.
Mannitol
4
35 ml + 35 mL
6.1
6.1



Sucrose
0.5



5% D5W solution
95.5


2.
Mannitol
4
35 ml + 35 mL
6
5.8



50 mM PO4 buffer, pH = 6.0
96


3.
Mannitol
4
35 ml + 35 mL
5
5



50 mM Citrate buffer, pH = 5.0
96


4.
Mannitol
4
35 ml + 35 mL
6
6



5% D5W
96


5.
Test compound (20 mg/mL)
1
35 ml + 35 mL
6.4
6.1



5% D5W
99


6.
PEG 300
7
5 ml + 5 mL
N/A
5.80



Propylene glycol
9



5% D5W
84


7.
PEG 300
7
5 ml + 5 mL
N/A
5.8



Propylene glycol
9



50 mM PO4 buffer, pH = 6.0
84


8.
Mannitol
4
5 ml + 5 mL
N/A
5.7



PEG 300
20



50 mM PO4 buffer, pH = 6.0
76


9.
Mannitol
4
5 ml + 5 mL
N/A
5.8



Propylene glycol
10



50 mM PO4 buffer, pH = 6.0
86









The compound composition may be formulated into any dosage form, such as tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas. The compositions also may be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous, or mixed media. Aqueous suspensions may further contain substances which increase viscosity, including for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran. The suspension may also contain one or more stabilizers. The amount of the compound, or an active salt or derivative thereof, required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular salt selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the patient and will be ultimately at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician.


Dosages


A useful compound dosage often is determined by assessing its in vitro activity in a cell or tissue system and/or in vivo activity in an animal system. For example, methods for extrapolating an effective dosage in mice and other animals to humans are known to the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,938,949). Such systems can be used for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) of a compound. The dose ratio between a toxic and therapeutic effect is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio ED50/LD50. The compound dosage often lies within a range of circulating concentrations for which the ED50 is associated with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compounds used in the methods described herein, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose sometimes is formulated to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range covering the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in in vitro assays, as such information often is used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.


Another example of effective dose determination for a subject is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” generated by molecular imprinting techniques. The compound is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. Subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions (see, e.g., Ansell, et al., Current Opinion in Biotechnology (1996) 7:89-94 and in Shea, Trends in Polymer Science (1994) 2:166-173).


Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix (see, e.g., Vlatakis, et al., Nature (1993) 361:645-647). Through the use of isotope-labeling, “free” concentration of compound can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC50. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC50. An example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, et al., Analytical Chemistry (1995) 67:2142-2144.


Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the compound per kilogram of subject or sample weight, for example, about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid described herein, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.


The following examples are offered to illustrate but not to limit the invention.


Example 1



embedded image


2-bromo-3-thiophene carboxylic acid 1 (1.0 eq, 5.30 g, 25.59 mmol) was suspended in CH2Cl2 (80 ml). Oxalylchloride (1.1 eq, 2.5 ml, 28.46 mmol) and 5 drops of DMF were added. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and the volatiles removed in vacuo to afford a brown solid (5.58 g, 97% yield).




embedded image


2-aminothiophenol 4 (1.0 eq, 20.0 g, 160 mmol) and ethyl cyanoacetate 5 (4.0 eq, 60 ml, 639 mmol) were stirred at 120° overnight. The reaction mixture was poured on silica gel and eluted with a 1:9 mixture of AcOEt and hexanes. The material was purified a second time by flash chromatography on silica gel (2.5 to 10% gradient of AcOEt in hexanes) to afford a yellow viscous oil (22.6 g, 65% yield). LCMS (ES): 95% pure, m/z 222 [M+1]+.




embedded image


Under nitrogen atmosphere, compound 5 (1.0 eq, 2.37 g, 10.71 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 ml). MgCl2 (1.5 eq, 1.53 g, 16.07 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for a few minutes and then cooled with water-ice bath. A solution of 2 (1.0 eq, 2.42 g, 10.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) was added dropwise and the solution stirred at 0° C. for 5 min Triethylamine was added dropwise through syringe (2.0 eq, 3.0 ml, 21.52 mmol) while maintaining the internal temperature below 10° C. After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 19 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. CH2Cl2 and a 1N aqueous HCl solution were added and the biphasic mixture stirred for a few minutes. The two phases were separated and an extra CH2Cl2 extraction was carried out. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent removed. Trituration in AcOEt and filtration provided compound 6 as a white powder (3.43 g, 78% yield). LCMS (ES): 95% pure, m/z 410 [M]+, 412 [M+2]+.




embedded image


Compound 6 (1.0 eq., 2.53 g, 6.17 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous NMP (15 ml). K2CO3 (3.5 eq, 2.98 g, 21.55 mmol) was added and the suspension vigorously stirred at 150° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled down and the precipitate formed during the reaction was filtered and washed with NMP. The material was stirred in water for a few minutes and filtered. After drying, trituration in hot AcOEt, filtration and drying, compound 7 was isolated as a gray solid (1.20 g, 59% yield). LCMS (ES): 95% pure, m/z 330 [M+1]+.


Example 2



embedded image


Compound 7 (1.0 eq, 2.098 g, 6.369 mmol), compound 8 (2.0 eq, 1.61 ml, 12.70 mmol) and DBU (4.0 eq, 3.8 ml, 25.40 mmol) were mixed together in CH2Cl2 (50 ml). AlCl3 (2.0 eq, 1.7 g, 12.75 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 45° C. for 2 hours. After removal of CH2Cl2 in vacuo, the resulting slurry was treated with a saturated aqueous tartaric acid solution (ca. 20 ml) and stirred for an hour at room temperature. Water was added and the pH was adjusted to 14 by adding NaOH. The mixture was poured in a funnel and shacked with an equal volume of CH2Cl2. The resulting emulsion was filtered through a fitted glass to remove any solid material. After separation of the organic phase, the aqueous phase was further extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvents removed in vacuo. The material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5 to 20% gradient of MeOH in CH2Cl2). Trituration in Et2O and filtration provided 9 as an off white solid (793 mg, 32% yield). LCMS (ES): 99% pure, m/z 398 [M+1]+.


Illustrative examples of the compounds of the present invention are shown in table 1 (attached document).












TABLE 1







LCMS(ES)
HCT-116


Structure
M.W.
m/z
MTS IC50 (uM)




















embedded image


397.51
398 [M + 1]+
0.04







embedded image


413.51
414 [M + 1]+
2.1







embedded image


391.47
392 [M + 1]+
2.05







embedded image


363.84
364 [M + 1]+
10







embedded image


431.96
432 [M + 1]+
0.01







embedded image


466.62
467 [M + 1]+
0.05







embedded image


482.62
483 [M + 1]+








embedded image


523.67
524 [M + 1]+








embedded image


360.81
361 [M + 1]+








embedded image


428.94
429 [M + 1]+








embedded image


329.39
330 [M + 1]+
9.8







embedded image


312.34
313 [M + 1]+
10







embedded image


444.55
445 [M + 1]+
0.3







embedded image


408.29
408 [M]+, 410 [M + 2]+
10







embedded image


362.40
363 [M + 1]+
4







embedded image


394.49
395 [M + 1]+
3.2







embedded image


398.50
399 [M + 1]+









Example 3
Quadruplex Structures of Ribosomal Nucleic Acids

Circular dichroism (CD) was utilized to determine whether subsequences from ribosomal nucleic acids form quadruplex structures. All sequences were HPLC purified DNA oligonucleotides (sequences 5′ to 3′ as represented hereafter). The name of each sample in FIGS. 3A and 3B identifies the approximate location along the rDNA unit as well as the specific strand (NC=non-coding; C=coding). The following procedure was utilized: each oligonucleotide was dissolved at a strand concentration of 5 uM in 200 ul of aqueous buffer containing Tris pH 7.4 (10 mM). The sample was heated to 95° C. for 5 min. then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. CD spectroscopy was performed on a JASCO 810 Spectropolarimeter, using a quartz cell of 1 mm path length. Additional spectra were taken after the addition of 20 ul KCl (1M) to the oligonucleotide solution. Compound A-1 has been shown to interact preferentially with a mixed-parallel quadruplex structure in competition assays (e.g., PCT/US2004/033401 filed on Oct. 7, 2004, entitled “Competition Assay for Identifying Modulators of Quadruplex Nucleic Acids”). The nucleotide sequence of a representative human rDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) is provided hereafter:











1
gctgacacgc tgtcctctgg cgacctgtcg tcggagaggt tgggcctccg gatgcgcgcg






61
gggctctggc ctcacggtga ccggctagcc ggccgcgctc ctgccttgag ccgcctgccg





121
cggcccgcgg gcctgctgtt ctctcgcgcg tccgagcgtc ccgactcccg gtgccggccc





181
gggtccgggt ctctgaccca cccgggggcg gcggggaagg cggcgagggc caccgtgccc





241
cgtgcgctct ccgctgcggg cgcccggggc gccgcacaac cccacccgct ggctccgtgc





301
cgtgcgtgtc aggcgttctc gtctccgcgg ggttgtccgc cgccccttcc ccggagtggg





361
gggtggccgg agccgatcgg ctcgctggcc ggccggcctc cgctcccggg gggctcttcg





421
atcgatgtgg tgacgtcgtg ctctcccggg ccgggtccga gccgcgacgg gcgaggggcg





481
gacgttcgtg gcgaacggga ccgtccttct cgctccgccc gcgcggtccc ctcgtctgct





541
cctctccccg cccgccggcc ggcgtgtggg aaggcgtggg gtgcggaccc cggcccgacc





601
tcgccgtccc gcccgccgcc ttcgcttcgc gggtgcgggc cggcggggtc ctctgacgcg





661
gcagacagcc ctgcctgtcg cctccagtgg ttgtcgactt gcgggcggcc cccctccgcg





721
gcggtggggg tgccgtcccg ccggcccgtc gtgctgccct ctcggggggg gtttgcgcga





781
gcgtcggctc cgcctgggcc cttgcggtgc tcctggagcg ctccgggttg tccctcaggt





841
gcccgaggcc gaacggtggt gtgtcgttcc cgcccccggc gccccctcct ccggtcgccg





901
ccgcggtgtc cgcgcgtggg tcctgaggga gctcgtcggt gtggggttcg aggcggtttg





961
agtgagacga gacgagacgc gcccctccca cgcggggaag ggcgcccgcc tgctctcggt





1021
gagcgcacgt cccgtgctcc cctctggcgg gtgcgcgcgg gccgtgtgag cgatcgcggt





1081
gggttcgggc cggtgtgacg cgtgcgccgg ccggccgccg aggggctgcc gttctgcctc





1141
cgaccggtcg tgtgtgggtt gacttcggag gcgctctgcc tcggaaggaa ggaggtgggt





1201
ggacgggggg gcctggtggg gttgcgcgca cgcgcgcacc ggccgggccc ccgccctgaa





1261
cgcgaacgct cgaggtggcc gcgcgcaggt gtttcctcgt accgcagggc cccctccctt





1321
ccccaggcgt ccctcggcgc ctctgcgggc ccgaggagga gcggctggcg ggtgggggga





1381
gtgtgaccca ccctcggtga gaaaagcctt ctctagcgat ctgagaggcg tgccttgggg





1441
gtaccggatc ccccgggccg ccgcctctgt ctctgcctcc gttatggtag cgctgccgta





1501
gcgacccgct cgcagaggac cctcctccgc ttccccctcg acggggttgg gggggagaag





1561
cgagggttcc gccggccacc gcggtggtgg ccgagtgcgg ctcgtcgcct actgtggccc





1621
gcgcctcccc cttccgagtc gggggaggat cccgccgggc cgggcccggc gctcccaccc





1681
agcgggttgg gacgcggcgg ccggcgggcg gtgggtgtgc gcgcccggcg ctctgtccgg





1741
cgcgtgaccc cctccgtccg cgagtcggct ctccgcccgc tcccgtgccg agtcgtgacc





1801
ggtgccgacg accgcgtttg cgtggcacgg ggtcgggccc gcctggccct gggaaagcgt





1861
cccacggtgg gggcgcgccg gtctcccgga gcgggaccgg gtcggaggat ggacgagaat





1921
cacgagcgac ggtggtggtg gcgtgtcggg ttcgtggctg cggtcgctcc ggggcccccg





1981
gtggcggggc cccggggctc gcgaggcggt tctcggtggg ggccgagggc cgtccggcgt





2041
cccaggcggg gcgccgcggg accgccctcg tgtctgtggc ggtgggatcc cgcggccgtg





2101
ttttcctggt ggcccggccg tgcctgaggt ttctccccga gccgccgcct ctgcgggctc





2161
ccgggtgccc ttgccctcgc ggtccccggc cctcgcccgt ctgtgccctc ttccccgccc





2221
gccgcccgcc gatcctcttc ttccccccga gcggctcacc ggcttcacgt ccgttggtgg





2281
ccccgcctgg gaccgaaccc ggcaccgcct cgtggggcgc cgccgccggc cactgatcgg





2341
cccggcgtcc gcgtcccccg gcgcgcgcct tggggaccgg gtcggtggcg cgccgcgtgg





2401
ggcccggtgg gcttcccgga gggttccggg ggtcggcctg cggcgcgtgc gggggaggag





2461
acggttccgg gggaccggcc gcggctgcgg cggcggcggt ggtgggggga gccgcgggga





2521
tcgccgaggg ccggtcggcc gccccgggtg ccccgcggtg ccgccggcgg cggtgaggcc





2581
ccgcgcgtgt gtcccggctg cggtcggccg cgctcgaggg gtccccgtgg cgtccccttc





2641
cccgccggcc gcctttctcg cgccttcccc gtcgccccgg cctcgcccgt ggtctctcgt





2701
cttctcccgg cccgctcttc cgaaccgggt cggcgcgtcc cccgggtgcg cctcgcttcc





2761
cgggcctgcc gcggcccttc cccgaggcgt ccgtcccggg cgtcggcgtc ggggagagcc





2821
cgtcctcccc gcgtggcgtc gccccgttcg gcgcgcgcgt gcgcccgagc gcggcccggt





2881
ggtccctccc ggacaggcgt tcgtgcgacg tgtggcgtgg gtcgacctcc gccttgccgg





2941
tcgctcgccc tctccccggg tcggggggtg gggcccgggc cggggcctcg gccccggtcg





3001
ctgcctcccg tcccgggcgg gggcgggcgc gccggccggc ctcggtcgcc ctcccttggc





3061
cgtcgtgtgg cgtgtgccac ccctgcgccg gcgcccgccg gcggggctcg gagccgggct





3121
tcggccgggc cccgggccct cgaccggacc ggctgcgcgg gcgctgcggc cgcacggcgc





3181
gactgtcccc gggccgggca ccgcggtccg cctctcgctc gccgcccgga cgtcggggcc





3241
gccccgcggg gcgggcggag cgccgtcccc gcctcgccgc cgcccgcggg cgccggccgc





3301
gcgcgcgcgc gcgtggccgc cggtccctcc cggccgccgg gcgcgggtcg ggccgtccgc





3361
ctcctcgcgg gcgggcgcga cgaagaagcg tcgcgggtct gtggcgcggg gcccccggtg





3421
gtcgtgtcgc gtggggggcg ggtggttggg gcgtccggtt cgccgcgccc cgccccggcc





3481
ccaccggtcc cggccgccgc ccccgcgccc gctcgctccc tcccgtccgc ccgtccgcgg





3541
cccgtccgtc cgtccgtccg tcgtcctcct cgcttgcggg gcgccgggcc cgtcctcgcg





3601
aggccccccg gccggccgtc cggccgcgtc gggggctcgc cgcgctctac cttacctacc





3661
tggttgatcc tgccagtagc atatgcttgt ctcaaagatt aagccatgca tgtctaagta





3721
cgcacggccg gtacagtgaa actgcgaatg gctcattaaa tcagttatgg ttcctttggt





3781
cgctcgctcc tctcctactt ggataactgt ggtaattcta gagctaatac atgccgacgg





3841
gcgctgaccc ccttcgcggg ggggatgcgt gcatttatca gatcaaaacc aacccggtca





3901
gcccctctcc ggccccggcc ggggggcggg cgccggcggc tttggtgact ctagataacc





3961
tcgggccgat cgcacgcccc ccgtggcggc gacgacccat tcgaacgtct gccctatcaa





4021
ctttcgatgg tagtcgccgt gcctaccatg gtgaccacgg gtgacgggga atcagggttc





4081
gattccggag agggagcctg agaaacggct accacatcca aggaaggcag caggcgcgca





4141
aattacccac tcccgacccg gggaggtagt gacgaaaaat aacaatacag gactctttcg





4201
aggccctgta attggaatga gtccacttta aatcctttaa cgaggatcca ttggagggca





4261
agtctggtgc cagcagccgc ggtaattcca gctccaatag cgtatattaa agttgctgca





4321
gttaaaaagc tcgtagttgg atcttgggag cgggcgggcg gtccgccgcg aggcgagcca





4381
ccgcccgtcc ccgccccttg cctctcggcg ccccctcgat gctcttagct gagtgtcccg





4441
cggggcccga agcgtttact ttgaaaaaat tagagtgttc aaagcaggcc cgagccgcct





4501
ggataccgca gctaggaata atggaatagg accgcggttc tattttgttg gttttcggaa





4561
ctgaggccat gattaagagg gacggccggg ggcattcgta ttgcgccgct agaggtgaaa





4621
ttcttggacc ggcgcaagac ggaccagagc gaaagcattt gccaagaatg ttttcattaa





4681
tcaagaacga aagtcggagg ttcgaagacg atcagatacc gtcgtagttc cgaccataaa





4741
cgatgccgac cggcgatgcg gcggcgttat tcccatgacc cgccgggcag cttccgggaa





4801
accaaagtct ttgggttccg gggggagtat ggttgcaaag ctgaaactta aaggaattga





4861
cggaagggca ccaccaggag tggagcctgc ggcttaattt gactcaacac gggaaacctc





4921
acccggcccg gacacggaca ggattgacag attgatagct ctttctcgat tccgtgggtg





4981
gtggtgcatg gccgttctta gttggtggag cgatttgtct ggttaattcc gataacgaac





5041
gagactctgg catgctaact agttacgcga cccccgagcg gtcggcgtcc cccaacttct





5101
tagagggaca agtggcgttc agccacccga gattgagcaa taacaggtct gtgatgccct





5161
tagatgtccg gggctgcacg cgcgctacac tgactggctc agcgtgtgcc taccctacgc





5221
cggcaggcgc gggtaacccg ttgaacccca ttcgtgatgg ggatcgggga ttgcaattat





5281
tccccatgaa cgagggaatt cccgagtaag tgcgggtcat aagcttgcgt tgattaagtc





5341
cctgcccttt gtacacaccg cccgtcgcta ctaccgattg gatggtttag tgaggccctc





5401
ggatcggccc cgccggggtc ggcccacggc cctggcggag cgctgagaag acggtcgaac





5461
ttgactatct agaggaagta aaagtcgtaa caaggtttcc gtaggtgaac ctgcggaagg





5521
atcattaacg gagcccggag ggcgaggccc gcggcggcgc cgccgccgcc gcgcgcttcc





5581
ctccgcacac ccaccccccc accgcgacgc ggcgcgtgcg cgggcggggc ccgcgtgccc





5641
gttcgttcgc tcgctcgttc gttcgccgcc cggccccgcc gccgcgagag ccgagaactc





5701
gggagggaga cgggggggag agagagagag agagagagag agagagagag agagagagaa





5761
agaagggcgt gtcgttggtg tgcgcgtgtc gtggggccgg cgggcggcgg ggagcggtcc





5821
ccggccgcgg ccccgacgac gtgggtgtcg gcgggcgcgg gggcggttct cggcggcgtc





5881
gcggcgggtc tgggggggtc tcggtgccct cctccccgcc ggggcccgtc gtccggcccc





5941
gccgcgccgg ctccccgtct tcggggccgg ccggattccc gtcgcctccg ccgcgccgct





6001
ccgcgccgcc gggcacggcc ccgctcgctc tccccggcct tcccgctagg gcgtctcgag





6061
ggtcgggggc cggacgccgg tcccctcccc cgcctcctcg tccgcccccc cgccgtccag





6121
gtacctagcg cgttccggcg cggaggttta aagacccctt ggggggatcg cccgtccgcc





6181
cgtgggtcgg gggcggtggt gggcccgcgg gggagtcccg tcgggagggg cccggcccct





6241
cccgcgcctc caccgcggac tccgctcccc ggccggggcc gcgccgccgc cgccgccgcg





6301
gcggccgtcg ggtgggggct ttacccggcg gccgtcgcgc gcctgccgcg cgtgtggcgt





6361
gcgccccgcg ccgtgggggc gggaaccccc gggcgcctgt ggggtggtgt ccgcgctcgc





6421
ccccgcgtgg gcggcgcgcg cctccccgtg gtgtgaaacc ttccgacccc tctccggagt





6481
ccggtcccgt ttgctgtctc gtctggccgg cctgaggcaa ccccctctcc tcttgggcgg





6541
ggggggcggg gggacgtgcc gcgccaggaa gggcctcctc ccggtgcgtc gtcgggagcg





6601
ccctcgccaa atcgacctcg tacgactctt agcggtggat cactcggctc gtgcgtcgat





6661
gaagaacgca gctagctgcg agaattaatg tgaattgcag gacacattga tcatcgacac





6721
ttcgaacgca cttgcggccc cgggttcctc ccggggctac gcctgtctga gcgtcgcttg





6781
ccgatcaatc gccccggggg tgcctccggg ctcctcgggg tgcgcggctg ggggttccct





6841
cgcagggccc gccgggggcc ctccgtcccc ctaagcgcag acccggcggc gtccgccctc





6901
ctcttgccgc cgcgcccgcc ccttccccct ccccccgcgg gccctgcgtg gtcacgcgtc





6961
gggtggcggg ggggagaggg gggcgcgccc ggctgagaga gacggggagg gcggcgccgc





7021
cgccggaaga cggagaggga aagagagagc cggctcgggc cgagttcccg tggccgccgc





7081
ctgcggtccg ggttcctccc tcggggggct ccctcgcgcc gcgcgcggct cggggttcgg





7141
ggttcgtcgg ccccggccgg gtggaaggtc ccgtgcccgt cgtcgtcgtc gtcgcgcgtc





7201
gtcggcggtg ggggcgtgtt gcgtgcggtg tggtggtggg ggaggaggaa ggcgggtccg





7261
gaaggggaag ggtgccggcg gggagagagg gtcgggggag cgcgtcccgg tcgccgcggt





7321
tccgccgccc gcccccggtg gcggcccggc gtccggccga ccggccgctc cccgcgcccc





7381
tcctcctccc cgccgcccct cctccgaggc cccgcccgtc ctcctcgccc tccccgcgcg





7441
tacgcgcgcg cgcccgcccg cccggctcgc ctcgcggcgc gtcggccggg gccgggagcc





7501
cgccccgccg cccgcccgtg gccgcggcgc cggggttcgc gtgtccccgg cggcgacccg





7561
cgggacgccg cggtgtcgtc cgccgtcgcg cgcccgcctc cggctcgcgg ccgcgccgcg





7621
ccgcgccggg gccccgtccc gagcttccgc gtcggggcgg cgcggctccg ccgccgcgtc





7681
ctcggacccg tccccccgac ctccgcgggg gagacgcgcc ggggcgtgcg gcgcccgtcc





7741
cgcccccggc ccgtgcccct ccctccggtc gtcccgctcc ggcggggcgg cgcgggggcg





7801
ccgtcggccg cgcgctctct ctcccgtcgc ctctccccct cgccgggccc gtctcccgac





7861
ggagcgtcgg gcgggcggtc gggccggcgc gattccgtcc gtccgtccgc cgagcggccc





7921
gtccccctcc gagacgcgac ctcagatcag acgtggcgac ccgctgaatt taagcatatt





7981
agtcagcgga ggaaaagaaa ctaaccagga ttccctcagt aacggcgagt gaacagggaa





8041
gagcccagcg ccgaatcccc gccccgcggg gcgcgggaca tgtggcgtac ggaagacccg





8101
ctccccggcg ccgctcgtgg ggggcccaag tccttctgat cgaggcccag cccgtggacg





8161
gtgtgaggcc ggtagcggcc ggcgcgcgcc cgggtcttcc cggagtcggg ttgcttggga





8221
atgcagccca aagcgggtgg taaactccat ctaaggctaa ataccggcac gagaccgata





8281
gtcaacaagt accgtaaggg aaagttgaaa agaactttga agagagagtt caagagggcg





8341
tgaaaccgtt aagaggtaaa cgggtggggt ccgcgcagtc cgcccggagg attcaacccg





8401
gcggcgggtc cggccgtgtc ggcggcccgg cggatctttc ccgccccccg ttcctcccga





8461
cccctccacc cgccctccct tcccccgccg cccctcctcc tcctccccgg agggggcggg





8521
ctccggcggg tgcgggggtg ggcgggcggg gccgggggtg gggtcggcgg gggaccgtcc





8581
cccgaccggc gaccggccgc cgccgggcgc atttccaccg cggcggtgcg ccgcgaccgg





8641
ctccgggacg gctgggaagg cccggcgggg aaggtggctc ggggggcccc gtccgtccgt





8701
ccgtcctcct cctcccccgt ctccgccccc cggccccgcg tcctccctcg ggagggcgcg





8761
cgggtcgggg cggcggcggc ggcggcggtg gcggcggcgg cgggggcggc gggaccgaaa





8821
ccccccccga gtgttacagc ccccccggca gcagcactcg ccgaatcccg gggccgaggg





8881
agcgagaccc gtcgccgcgc tctcccccct cccggcgccc acccccgcgg ggaatccccc





8941
gcgagggggg tctcccccgc gggggcgcgc cggcgtctcc tcgtgggggg gccgggccac





9001
ccctcccacg gcgcgaccgc tctcccaccc ctcctccccg cgcccccgcc ccggcgacgg





9061
ggggggtgcc gcgcgcgggt cggggggcgg ggcggactgt ccccagtgcg ccccgggcgg





9121
gtcgcgccgt cgggcccggg ggaggttctc tcggggccac gcgcgcgtcc cccgaagagg





9181
gggacggcgg agcgagcgca cggggtcggc ggcgacgtcg gctacccacc cgacccgtct





9241
tgaaacacgg accaaggagt ctaacacgtg cgcgagtcgg gggctcgcac gaaagccgcc





9301
gtggcgcaat gaaggtgaag gccggcgcgc tcgccggccg aggtgggatc ccgaggcctc





9361
tccagtccgc cgagggcgca ccaccggccc gtctcgcccg ccgcgccggg gaggtggagc





9421
acgagcgcac gtgttaggac ccgaaagatg gtgaactatg cctgggcagg gcgaagccag





9481
aggaaactct ggtggaggtc cgtagcggtc ctgacgtgca aatcggtcgt ccgacctggg





9541
tataggggcg aaagactaat cgaaccatct agtagctggt tccctccgaa gtttccctca





9601
ggatagctgg cgctctcgca gacccgacgc acccccgcca cgcagtttta tccggtaaag





9661
cgaatgatta gaggtcttgg ggccgaaacg atctcaacct attctcaaac tttaaatggg





9721
taagaagccc ggctcgctgg cgtggagccg ggcgtggaat gcgagtgcct agtgggccac





9781
ttttggtaag cagaactggc gctgcgggat gaaccgaacg ccgggttaag gcgcccgatg





9841
ccgacgctca tcagacccca gaaaaggtgt tggttgatat agacagcagg acggtggcca





9901
tggaagtcgg aatccgctaa ggagtgtgta acaactcacc tgccgaatca actagccctg





9961
aaaatggatg gcgctggagc gtcgggccca tacccggccg tcgccggcag tcgagagtgg





10021
acgggagcgg cgggggcggc gcgcgcgcgc gcgcgtgtgg tgtgcgtcgg agggcggcgg





10081
cggcggcggc ggcgggggtg tggggtcctt cccccgcccc cccccccacg cctcctcccc





10141
tcctcccgcc cacgccccgc tccccgcccc cggagccccg cggacgctac gccgcgacga





10201
gtaggagggc cgctgcggtg agccttgaag cctagggcgc gggcccgggt ggagccgccg





10261
caggtgcaga tcttggtggt agtagcaaat attcaaacga gaactttgaa ggccgaagtg





10321
gagaagggtt ccatgtgaac agcagttgaa catgggtcag tcggtcctga gagatgggcg





10381
agcgccgttc cgaagggacg ggcgatggcc tccgttgccc tcggccgatc gaaagggagt





10441
cgggttcaga tccccgaatc cggagtggcg gagatgggcg ccgcgaggcg tccagtgcgg





10501
taacgcgacc gatcccggag aagccggcgg gagccccggg gagagttctc ttttctttgt





10561
gaagggcagg gcgccctgga atgggttcgc cccgagagag gggcccgtgc cttggaaagc





10621
gtcgcggttc cggcggcgtc cggtgagctc tcgctggccc ttgaaaatcc gggggagagg





10681
gtgtaaatct cgcgccgggc cgtacccata tccgcagcag gtctccaagg tgaacagcct





10741
ctggcatgtt ggaacaatgt aggtaaggga agtcggcaag ccggatccgt aacttcggga





10801
taaggattgg ctctaagggc tgggtcggtc gggctggggc gcgaagcggg gctgggcgcg





10861
cgccgcggct ggacgaggcg cgcgcccccc ccacgcccgg ggcacccccc tcgcggccct





10921
cccccgcccc acccgcgcgc gccgctcgct ccctccccac cccgcgccct ctctctctct





10981
ctctcccccg ctccccgtcc tcccccctcc ccgggggagc gccgcgtggg ggcgcggcgg





11041
ggggagaagg gtcggggcgg caggggccgc gcggcggccg ccggggcggc cggcgggggc





11101
aggtccccgc gaggggggcc ccggggaccc ggggggccgg cggcggcgcg gactctggac





11161
gcgagccggg cccttcccgt ggatcgcccc agctgcggcg ggcgtcgcgg ccgcccccgg





11221
ggagcccggc ggcggcgcgg cgcgcccccc acccccaccc cacgtctcgg tcgcgcgcgc





11281
gtccgctggg ggcgggagcg gtcgggcggc ggcggtcggc gggcggcggg gcggggcggt





11341
tcgtcccccc gccctacccc cccggccccg tccgcccccc gttcccccct cctcctcggc





11401
gcgcggcggc ggcggcggca ggcggcggag gggccgcggg ccggtccccc ccgccgggtc





11461
cgcccccggg gccgcggttc cgcgcgcgcc tcgcctcggc cggcgcctag cagccgactt





11521
agaactggtg cggaccaggg gaatccgact gtttaattaa aacaaagcat cgcgaaggcc





11581
cgcggcgggt gttgacgcga tgtgatttct gcccagtgct ctgaatgtca aagtgaagaa





11641
attcaatgaa gcgcgggtaa acggcgggag taactatgac tctcttaagg tagccaaatg





11701
cctcgtcatc taattagtga cgcgcatgaa tggatgaacg agattcccac tgtccctacc





11761
tactatccag cgaaaccaca gccaagggaa cgggcttggc ggaatcagcg gggaaagaag





11821
accctgttga gcttgactct agtctggcac ggtgaagaga catgagaggt gtagaataag





11881
tgggaggccc ccggcgcccc cccggtgtcc ccgcgagggg cccggggcgg ggtccgcggc





11941
cctgcgggcc gccggtgaaa taccactact ctgatcgttt tttcactgac ccggtgaggc





12001
gggggggcga gcccgagggg ctctcgcttc tggcgccaag cgcccgcccg gccgggcgcg





12061
acccgctccg gggacagtgc caggtgggga gtttgactgg ggcggtacac ctgtcaaacg





12121
gtaacgcagg tgtcctaagg cgagctcagg gaggacagaa acctcccgtg gagcagaagg





12181
gcaaaagctc gcttgatctt gattttcagt acgaatacag accgtgaaag cggggcctca





12241
cgatccttct gaccttttgg gttttaagca ggaggtgtca gaaaagttac cacagggata





12301
actggcttgt ggcggccaag cgttcatagc gacgtcgctt tttgatcctt cgatgtcggc





12361
tcttcctatc attgtgaagc agaattcgcc aagcgttgga ttgttcaccc actaataggg





12421
aacgtgagct gggtttagac cgtcgtgaga caggttagtt ttaccctact gatgatgtgt





12481
tgttgccatg gtaatcctgc tcagtacgag aggaaccgca ggttcagaca tttggtgtat





12541
gtgcttggct gaggagccaa tggggcgaag ctaccatctg tgggattatg actgaacgcc





12601
tctaagtcag aatcccgccc aggcgaacga tacggcagcg ccgcggagcc tcggttggcc





12661
tcggatagcc ggtcccccgc ctgtccccgc cggcgggccg cccccccctc cacgcgcccc





12721
gccgcgggag ggcgcgtgcc ccgccgcgcg ccgggaccgg ggtccggtgc ggagtgccct





12781
tcgtcctggg aaacggggcg cggccggaaa ggcggccgcc ccctcgcccg tcacgcaccg





12841
cacgttcgtg gggaacctgg cgctaaacca ttcgtagacg acctgcttct gggtcggggt





12901
ttcgtacgta gcagagcagc tccctcgctg cgatctattg aaagtcagcc ctcgacacaa





12961
gggtttgtcc gcgcgcgcgt gcgtgcgggg ggcccggcgg gcgtgcgcgt tcggcgccgt





13021
ccgtccttcc gttcgtcttc ctccctcccg gcctctcccg ccgaccgcgg cgtggtggtg





13081
gggtgggggg gagggcgcgc gaccccggtc ggccgccccg cttcttcggt tcccgcctcc





13141
tccccgttca cgccggggcg gctcgtccgc tccgggccgg gacggggtcc ggggagcgtg





13201
gtttgggagc cgcggaggcg ccgcgccgag ccgggccccg tggcccgccg gtccccgtcc





13261
cgggggttgg ccgcgcggcg cggtgggggg ccacccgggg tcccggccct cgcgcgtcct





13321
tcctcctcgc tcctccgcac gggtcgaccg acgaaccgcg ggtggcgggc ggcgggcggc





13381
gagccccacg ggcgtccccg cacccggccg acctccgctc gcgacctctc ctcggtcggg





13441
cctccggggt cgaccgcctg cgcccgcggg cgtgagactc agcggcgtct cgccgtgtcc





13501
cgggtcgacc gcggccttct ccaccgagcg gcggtgtagg agtgcccgtc gggacgaacc





13561
gcaaccggag cgtccccgtc tcggtcggca cctccggggt cgaccagctg ccgcccgcga





13621
gctccggact tagccggcgt ctgcacgtgt cccgggtcga ccagcaggcg gccgccggac





13681
gcagcggcgc acgcacgcga gggcgtcgat tccccttcgc gcgcccgcgc ctccaccggc





13741
ctcggcccgc ggtggagctg ggaccacgcg gaactccctc tcccacattt ttttcagccc





13801
caccgcgagt ttgcgtccgc gggaccttta agagggagtc actgctgccg tcagccagta





13861
ctgcctcctc ctttttcgct tttaggtttt gcttgccttt tttttttttt tttttttttt





13921
ttttttcttt ctttctttct ttctttcttt ctttctttct ttctttcttt cgcttgtctt





13981
cttcttgtgt tctcttcttg ctcttcctct gtctgtctct ctctctctct ctctctctgt





14041
ctctcgctct cgccctctct ctcttctctc tctctctctc tctctctctg tctctcgctc





14101
tcgccctctc tctctctctt ctctctgtct ctctctctct ctctctctct ctctctctct





14161
gtcgctctcg ccctctcgct ctctctctgt ctctgtctgt gtctctctct ctccctccct





14221
ccctccctcc ctccctccct ccctcccctt ccttggcgcc ttctcggctc ttgagactta





14281
gccgctgtct cgccgtaccc cgggtcgacc ggcgggcctt ctccaccgag cggcgtgcca





14341
cagtgcccgt cgggacgagc cggacccgcc gcgtccccgt ctcggtcggc acctccgggg





14401
tcgaccagct gccgcccgcg agctccggac ttagccggcg tctgcacgtg tcccgggtcg





14461
accagcaggc ggccgccgga cgcagcggcg caccgacgga gggcgctgat tcccgttcac





14521
gcgcccgcgc ctccaccggc ctcggcccgc cgtggagctg ggaccacgcg gaactccctc





14581
tcctacattt ttttcagccc caccgcgagt ttgcgtccgc gggaccttta agagggagtc





14641
actgctgccg tcagccagta ctgcctcctc ctttttcgct tttaggtttt gcttgccttt





14701
tttttttttt tttttttttt ttttttcttt ctttctttct ttctttcttt ctttctttct





14761
ttctttcttt ctttcgctct cgctctctcg ctctctccct cgctcgtttc tttctttctc





14821
tttctctctc tctctctctc tctctctctc tctgtctctc gctctcgccc tctctctctc





14881
tttctctctc tctctgtctc tctctctctc tctctctctc tctctctctc cctccctccc





14941
tccccctccc tccctctctc cccttccttg gcgccttctc ggctcttgag acttagccgc





15001
tgtctcgccg tgtcccgggt cgaccggcgg gccttctcca ccgagcggcg tgccacagtg





15061
cccgtcggga cgagccggac ccgccgcgtc cccgtctcgg tcggcacctc cggggtcgac





15121
cagctgccgc ccgcgagctc cggacttagc cggcgtctgc acgtgtcccg ggtcgaccag





15181
caggcggccg ccggacgctg cggcgcaccg acgcgagggc gtcgattccg gttcacgcgc





15241
cggcgacctc caccggcctc ggcccgcggt ggagctggga ccacgcggaa ctccctctcc





15301
cacatttttt tcagccccac cgcgagtttg cgtccgcggg acttttaaga gggagtcact





15361
gctgccgtca gccagtaatg cttcctcctt ttttgctttt tggttttgcc ttgcgttttc





15421
tttctttctt tctttctttc tttctttctt tctttctttc tctctctctc tctctctctc





15481
tctctgtctc tctctctctg tctctctccc ctccctccct ccttggtgcc ttctcggctc





15541
gctgctgctg ctgcctctgc ctccacggtt caagcaaaca gcaagttttc tatttcgagt





15601
aaagacgtaa tttcaccatt ttggccgggc tggtctcgaa ctcccgacct agtgatccgc





15661
ccgcctcggc ctcccaaaga ctgctgggag tacagatgtg agccaccatg cccggccgat





15721
tccttccttt tttcaatctt attttctgaa cgctgccgtg tatgaacata catctacaca





15781
cacacacaca cacacacaca cacacacaca cacacacaca cacacacccc gtagtgataa





15841
aactatgtaa atgatatttc cataattaat acgtttatat tatgttactt ttaatggatg





15901
aatatgtatc gaagccccat ttcatttaca tacacgtgta tgtatatcct tcctcccttc





15961
cttcattcat tatttattaa taattttcgt ttatttattt tcttttcttt tggggccggc





16021
ccgcctggtc ttctgtctct gcgctctggt gacctcagcc tcccaaatag ctgggactac





16081
agggatctct taagcccggg aggagaggtt aacgtgggct gtgatcgcac acttccactc





16141
cagcttacgt gggctgcggt gcggtggggt ggggtggggt ggggtggggt gcagagaaaa





16201
cgattgattg cgatctcaat tgccttttag cttcattcat accctgttat ttgctcgttt





16261
attctcatgg gttcttctgt gtcattgtca cgttcatcgt ttgcttgcct gcttgcctgt





16321
ttatttcctt ccttccttcc ttccttcctt ccttccttcc ttccttcctt ccctccctta





16381
ctggcagggt cttcctctgt ctctgccgcc caggatcacc ccaacctcaa cgctttggac





16441
cgaccaaacg gtcgttctgc ctctgatccc tcccatcccc attacctgag actacaggcg





16501
cgcaccacca caccggctga cttttatgtt gtttctcatg ttttccgtag gtaggtatgt





16561
gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtatct





16621
atgtatgtac gtatgtatgt atgtatgtga gtgagatggg tttcggggtt ctatcatgtt





16681
gcccacgctg gtctcgaact cctgtcctca agcaatccgc ctgcctgcct cggccgccca





16741
cactgctgct attacaggcg tgagacgctg cgcctggctc cttctacatt tgcctgcctg





16801
cctgcctgcc tgcctgccta tcaatcgtct tctttttagt acggatgtcg tctcgcttta





16861
ttgtccatgc tctgggcaca cgtggtctct tttcaaactt ctatgattat tattattgta





16921
ggcgtcatct cacgtgtcga ggtgatctcg aacttttagg ctccagagat cctcccgcat





16981
cggcctcccg gagtgctgtg atgacacgcg tgggcacggt acgctctggt cgtgtttgtc





17041
gtgggtcggt tctttccgtt tttaatacgg ggactgcgaa cgaagaaaat tttcagacgc





17101
atctcaccga tccgcctttt cgttctttct ttttattctc tttagacgga gtttcactct





17161
tgtcgcccag ggtggagtac gatggcggct ctcggctcac cgcaccctcc gcctcccagg





17221
ttcaagtgat tctcctgcct cagccttccc gagtagctgg aatgacagag atgagccatc





17281
gtgcccggct aatttttcta tttttagtac agatggggtt tctccatctt ggtcaggctg





17341
gtcttcaact tccgaccgtt ggagaatctt aactttcttg gtggtggttg ttttcctttt





17401
tctttttttt tcttttcttt tctttccttc tcctcccccc cccacccccc ttgtcgtcgt





17461
cctcctcctc ctcctcctcc tcctcctcct cctcctcctc ctcctcctcc tctttcattt





17521
ctttcagctg ggctctccta cttgtgttgc tctgttgctc acgctggtct caaactcctg





17581
gccttgactc ttctcccgtc acatccgccg tctggttgtt gaaatgagca tctctcgtaa





17641
aatggaaaag atgaaagaaa taaacacgaa gacggaaagc acggtgtgaa cgtttctctt





17701
gccgtctccc ggggtgtacc ttggacccgg aaacacggag ggagcttggc tgagtgggtt





17761
ttcggtgccg aaacctcccg agggcctcct tccctctccc ccttgtcccc gcttctccgc





17821
cagccgaggc tcccaccgcc gcccctggca ttttccatag gagaggtatg ggagaggact





17881
gacacgcctt ccagatctat atcctgccgg acgtctctgg ctcggcgtgc cccaccggct





17941
acctgccacc ttccagggag ctctgaggcg gatgcgaccc ccaccccccc gtcacgtccc





18001
gctaccctcc cccggctggc ctttgccggg cgaccccagg ggaaccgcgt tgatgctgct





18061
tcggatcctc cggcgaagac ttccaccgga tgccccgggt gggccggttg ggatcagact





18121
ggaccacccc ggaccgtgct gttcttgggg gtgggttgac gtacagggtg gactggcagc





18181
cccagcattg taaagggtgc gtgggtatgg aaatgtcacc taggatgccc tccttccctt





18241
cggtctgcct tcagctgcct caggcgtgaa gacaacttcc catcggaacc tcttctcttc





18301
cctttctcca gcacacagat gagacgcacg agagggagaa acagctcaat agataccgct





18361
gaccttcatt tgtggaatcc tcagtcatcg acacacaaga caggtgacta ggcagggaca





18421
cagatcaaac actatttccg ggtcctcgtg gtgggattgg tctctctctc tctctctctc





18481
tctctctctc tctctctctc tctcgcacgc gcacgcgcgc acacacacac acaatttcca





18541
tatctagttc acagagcaca ctcacttccc cttttcacag tacgcaggct gagtaaaacg





18601
cgccccaccc tccacccgtt ggctgacgaa accccttctc tacaattgat gaaaaagatg





18661
atctgggccg ggcacgctag ctcacgcctg tcactccggc actttgggag gccgaggcgg





18721
gtggatcgct tggggccggg agttcgagac caggctggcc gacgtggcga aaccccgtct





18781
ctctgaaaaa tagaacgatt agccgggcct ggtggcgtgg gcttggaatc acgaccgctc





18841
gggagactgg ggcgggcgac ttgttccaac cggggaggcc gaggccgcga tgagctgaga





18901
tcgtgccgtg gcgatgcggc ctggatgacg gagcgagacc ccgtctcgag agaatcatga





18961
tgttattata agatgagttg tgcgcggtga tggccgcctg tagtcgcggc tactcgggag





19021
gctgagacga ggagaagatc acttgaggcc ccacaggtcg aggcttcggt cggccgtgac





19081
ccactgtatc ctgggcagtc accggtcaag gagatatgcc ccttccccgt ttgcttttct





19141
tttcttccct tctcttttct tctttttgct tctcttttct ttctttcttt ctttctttct





19201
ttctttcttt ctttctttct ttttcttttt ctctcttccc ctctttcttt cctgccttcc





19261
tgcctttctt cttttcttct ttcctccctt cctcccttcc ttctttcctc ccgcctcagc





19321
ctcccaaagt gctgggatga ctggcgggag gcaccatgcc tgcttggccc aaagagaccc





19381
tcttggaaag tgagacgcag agagcgcctt ccagtgatct cattgactga tttagagacg





19441
gcatctcgct ccgtcacccc ggcagtggtg ccgtcgtaac tcactccctg cagcgtggac





19501
gctcctggac tcgagcgatc cttccacctc agcctccaga gtacagagcc tgggaccgcg





19561
ggcacgcgcc actgtgccca caccgttttt aattgttttt ttttcccccg agacagagtt





19621
tcactctcgt ggcctagact gcagtgcggt ggcgcgatct tggctcaccg caacctctgc





19681
ctcccggttt caagcgattc tcctgcatcg gcctcctgag tagccgggat tgcgggcatg





19741
cgctgccacg tctggctgat ttcgtatttt tagtggagac ggggcttctc catgtcgatc





19801
gggctggttt cgaactcccg acctcaggtg atccgccctc cccggcctcc ggaagtgctg





19861
ggatgacagg cgtgagccac cgcgcccggc cttcattttt aaatgttttc ccacagacgg





19921
ggtctcatca tttctttgca accctcctgc ccggcgtctc aaagtgctgg cgtgacgggc





19981
gtgagccact gcgcctggac tccggggaat gactcacgac caccatcgct ctactgatcc





20041
tttctttctt tctttctttc tttctttctt tctttctttc tttctttctt tctttcttga





20101
tgaattatct tatgatttat ttgtgtactt attttcagac ggagtctcgc tctgggcggg





20161
gcgaggcgag gcgaggcaca gcgcatcgct ttggaagccg cggcaacgcc tttcaaagcc





20221
ccattcgtat gcacagagcc ttattccctt cctggagttg gagctgatgc cttccgtagc





20281
cttgggcttc tctccattcg gaagcttgac aggcgcaggg ccacccagag gctggctgcg





20341
gctgaggatt agggggtgtg ttggggctga aaactgggtc ccctattttt gatacctcag





20401
ccgacacatc ccccgaccgc catcgcttgc tcgccctctg agatcccccg cctccaccgc





20461
cttgcaggct cacctcttac tttcatttct tcctttcttg cgtttgagga gggggtgcgg





20521
gaatgagggt gtgtgtgggg agggggtgcg gggtggggac ggaggggagc gtcctaaggg





20581
tcgatttagt gtcatgcctc tttcaccacc accaccacca ccgaagatga cagcaaggat





20641
cggctaaata ccgcgtgttc tcatctagaa gtgggaactt acagatgaca gttcttgcat





20701
gggcagaacg agggggaccg gggacgcgga agtctgcttg agggaggagg ggtggaagga





20761
gagacagctt caggaagaaa acaaaacacg aatactgtcg gacacagcac tgactacccg





20821
ggtgatgaaa tcatctgcac actgaacacc cccgtcacaa gtttacctat gtcacaatct





20881
tgcacatgta tcgcttgaac gacaaataaa agttaggggg gagaagagag gagagagaga





20941
gagagagaga gacagagaga gacagagaga gagagagagg agggagagag gaaaacgaaa





21001
caccacctcc ttgacctgag tcagggggtt tctggccttt tgggagaacg ttcagcgaca





21061
atgcagtatt tgggcccgtt cttttttttt cttcttcttt tctttctttt tttttggact





21121
gagtctctct cgctctgtca cccaggctgc ggtcgcggtg gcgctctctc ggctcactga





21181
aacctctgct tcccgggttc cagtgattct tcttcggtag ctgggattac aggcgcacac





21241
catgacggcg ggctcatatt cctattttca gtagagacgg ggtttctcca cgttggccac





21301
gctggtctcg aactcctgac ctcaaatgat ccgccttcct gggcctccca aagtgctgga





21361
aacgacaggc ctgagccgcc gggatttcag cctttaaaag cgcggccctg ccacctttcg





21421
ctgtggccct tacgctcaga atgacgtgtc ctctctgccg taggttgact ccttgagtcc





21481
cctaggccat tgcactgtag cctgggcagc aagagccaaa ctccgnnccc ccacctcctc





21541
gcgcacataa taactaacta acaaactaac taactaacta aactaactaa ctaactaaaa





21601
tctctacacg tcacccataa gtgtgtgttc ccgtgagagt gatttctaag aaatggtact





21661
gtacactgaa cgcagtggct cacgtctgtc atcccgaggt caggagttcg agaccagccc





21721
ggccaacgtg gtgaaacccc gtctctactg aaaatacgaa atggagtcag gcgccgtggg





21781
gcaggcacct gtaaccccag ctactcggga ggctggggtg gaagaattgc ttgaacctgg





21841
caggcggagg ctgcagtgac ccaagatcgc accactgcac tacagcctgg gcgacagagt





21901
gagacccggt ctccagataa atacgtacat aaataaatac acacatacat acatacatac





21961
atacatacat acatacatac atccatgcat acagatatac aagaaagaaa aaaagaaaag





22021
aaaagaaaga gaaaatgaaa gaaaaggcac tgtattgcta ctgggctagg gccttctctc





22081
tgtctgtttc tctctgttcg tctctgtctt tctctctgtg tctctttctc tgtctgtctg





22141
tctctttctt tctctctgtc tctgtctctg tctttgtctc tctctctccc tctctgcctg





22201
tctcactgtg tctgtcttct gtcttactct ctttctctcc ccgtctgtct ctctctctct





22261
ctctccctcc ctgtttgttt ctctctctcc ctccctgtct gtttctctct ctctctttct





22321
gtctgtttct gtctctctct gtctgtctat gtctttctct gtctgtctct ttctctgtct





22381
gtctgcctct ctctttcttt ttctgtgtct ctctgtcggt ctctctctct ctgtctgtct





22441
gtctgtctct ctctctctct ctctgtgcct atcttctgtc ttactctctt tctctgcctg





22501
tctgtctgtc tctccctccc tttctgtttc tctctctctc tctctctctc tccccctctc





22561
cctgtctgtt tctctccgtc tctctctctt tctgtctgtt tctcactgtc tctctctgtc





22621
catctctctc tctctctgtc tgtctctttc gttctctctg tctgtctgtc tctctctctc





22681
tctctctctc tctctctctc tccctgtctg tctgtttctc tctatctctc gctgtccatc





22741
tctgtctttc tatgtctgtc tctttctctg tcagtctgtc agacaccccc gtgccgggta





22801
gggccctgcc ccttccacga aagtgagaag cgcgtgcttc ggtgcttaga gaggccgaga





22861
ggaatctaga caggcgggcc ttgctgggct tccccactcg gtgtatgatt tcgggaggtc





22921
gaggccgggt ccccgcttgg atgcgagggg cattttcaga cttttctctc ggtcacgtgt





22981
ggcgtccgta cttctcctat ttccccgata agctcctcga cttcaacata aacggcgtcc





23041
taagggtcga tttagtgtca tgcctctttc accgccacca ccgaagatga aagcaaagat





23101
cggctaaata ccgcgtgttc tcatctagaa gtgggaactt acagatgaca gttcttgcat





23161
gggcagaacg agggggaccg ggnacgcgga agcctgcttg agggrggagg ggyggaagga





23221
gagacagctt caggaagaaa acaaaacacg aatactgtcg gacacagcac tgactacccg





23281
ggtgatgaaa tcatctgcac actgaacacc cccgtcacaa gtttacctat gtcacagtct





23341
tgctcatgta tgcttgaacg acaaataaaa gttcgggggg gagaagagag gagagagaga





23401
gagagacggg gagagagggg ggagaggggg ggggagagag agagagagag agagagagag





23461
agagagagag agaaagagaa gtaaaaccaa ccaccacctc cttgacctga gtcagggggt





23521
ttctggcctt ttgggagaac gttcagcgac aatgcagtat ttgggcccgt tctttttttc





23581
ttcttcttct tttctttctt tttttttgga ctgagtctct ctcgctctgt cacccaggct





23641
gcggtgcggt ggcgctctct cggctcactg aaacctctgc ttcccgggtt ccagtgattc





23701
ttcttcggta gctgggatta caggtgcgca ccatgacggc cggctcatcg ttctattttt





23761
agtagagacg gggtttctcc acgttggcca cgctggtctc gaactcctga ccacaaatga





23821
tccaccttcc tgggcctccc aaagtgctgg aaacgacagg cctgagccgc cgggatttca





23881
gcctttaaaa gcgcgcggcc ctgccacctt tcgctgcggc ccttacgctc agaatgacgt





23941
gtcctctctg ccataggttg actccttgag tcccctaggc cattgcactg tagcctgggc





24001
agcaagagcc aaactccgtc cccccacctc cccgcgcaca taataactaa ctaactaact





24061
aactaactaa aatctctaca cgtcacccat aagtgtgtgt tcccgtgagg agtgatttct





24121
aagaaatggt actgtacact gaacgcaggc ttcacgtctg tcatcccgag gtcaggagtt





24181
cgagaccagc ccggcccacg tggtgaaacc cccgtctcta ctgaaaatac gaaatggagt





24241
caggcgccgt ggggcaggca cctgtaaccc cagctactcg ggaggctggg gtggaagaat





24301
tgcttgaacc tggcaggcgg aggctgcagt gacccaagat cgcaccactg cactacagcc





24361
tgggcgacag agtgagaccc ggtctccaga taaatacgta cataaataaa tacacacata





24421
catacataca tacatacaac atacatacat acagatatac aagaaagaaa aaaagaaaag





24481
aaaagaaaga gaaaatgaaa gaaaaggcac tgtattgcta ctgggctagg gccttctctc





24541
tgtctgtttc tctctgttcg tctctgtctt tctctctgtg tctctttctc tgtctgtctg





24601
tctgtctgtc tgtctgtctc tttctttctt tctgtctctg tctttgtccc tctctctccc





24661
tctctgccct gtctcactgt gtctgtcttc tatcttactc tctttctctc cccgtctgtc





24721
tctctctcac tccctccctg tctgtttctc tctctctctc tttctgtctg tttctgtctc





24781
tctctgtctg cctctctctt tctctatctg tctctttctc tgtctgtctg cccctctctt





24841
tctttttctg tgtctctctg tctgtctctc tctctctctg tgcctatctt ctgtcttact





24901
ctctttctct gcctgtctgt ctgtctctct ctgtctctcc ctccctttct gcttctctct





24961
ctctctctct ctctnnnccc tccctgtctg tttctctctg tctccctctc tttctgtctg





25021
tttctcactg tctctctctg tctgtctgtt tcattctctc tgtctctgtc tctgtctctc





25081
tctctctctg tctctccctc tctgtgtgta tcttttgtct tactctcctt ctctgcctgt





25141
ccgtctgtct gtctgtctct ctctctccct gtccctctct ctttctgtct gtttctctct





25201
ctctctctct ctctctctct ctgtctctgt ctttctctgt ctgtcccttt ctctgtctgt





25261
ctgcctctct ctttctcttt ctgtgtctct ctgtctctct ctctgtgcct atcttctgtc





25321
ttactctctt tctctgcctg tctatctgtc tgtctctctc tgtctctctc cctgcctttc





25381
tgtttctctc tctctccctc tctcgctctc tctgtctttc tctctttctc tctgtttctc





25441
tgtctctctc tgtccgtctc tgtctttttc tgtctgtctg tctctctctt tctttctgtc





25501
gtctgtctct gtctctgtct ctgtctctct ctctctctct ctccttgtct ctctcactgt





25561
gtctgtcttc tgtcttactc tccttctctg cctgtccatc tgtctgtctg tctctctctc





25621
tctctcccta cctttctgtt tctctctcgc tagctctctc tctctctgcc tgtttctctc





25681
tttctctctc tgtctttctc tgtctgtctc tttctctgtc tgtctgtctc tttctctctg





25741
tctctgtctc tgtctctctc tctctctctc tctctctctc tgcctctctc actgtgtctg





25801
tcttctgtct tattctcttt ctctctctgt ctctctctct ctctccttta ctgtctgttt





25861
ctctctctct ctctctcttt ctgcctgttt ctctctgtct gtctctgtct ttctctgtct





25921
gtctgcctct ctctttcttt ttctgcgtct ctctgtctct ctctctctct ctctgttcct





25981
atcttctgtc ttactctgtt tccttgcctg cctgcctgtc tgtgtgtctg tctctctctc





26041
tctctctctc tctctctccc tccctttctc tttctctgtc tctctctctc tttctgggtg





26101
tttctctctg tctctctgtc catctctgtc tttctatgtc tgtctctctc tttctctctg





26161
tctctgtctc tgcctctctc tctctctctc tctctctctc tctgtctgtc tctctcactg





26221
tgtgtgtctg tcttctgtct tactctcctt ctctgcctgt ccgtctgtct gtctgtctct





26281
ccctctctct ccctcccttt ctgtttctct ctctctctct ttctgtctgt ttctctcttt





26341
ctctctctgt ctgtctcttt ctctgtctgt ctgtctctct ctttcttttt ctctgtctct





26401
ctgtctctct ctgtgtctgt ctctctgtct gtgcctatct tctgtcttac tctctttctc





26461
tggctgtctg cctgtctctc tctctctctc tgtctgtctc cgtccctctc tccctgtctg





26521
tctgtttctc tctctgcctc tctctctctc tgtctgtctc tttctctgtc tgtctgtctc





26581
tctctttctt tttctctgtc tctctgtctc tctctgtgtc tgtctctctt tctgtgccta





26641
tcttctgtct tactctcttt ctctggctgt ctgcctgtct ctctctctct gcctgtctcc





26701
gtccctccct ccctgtctgt ctgtttctct ctctgtctct gtctctctgt ccatctctgt





26761
ctgtctcttt ctctttctct ctctctgtct ctgtctctct ctctctctgc ctgtctctct





26821
cactgtgtct gtcttctgtc ttactctctt tctcttgcct gcctctctgt ctgtctgtct





26881
ctctccctcc atgtctctct ctctctctca ctcactctct ctccgtctct ctctctttct





26941
gtctgtttct ctctctgtct gtctctctcc ctccatgtct ctctctctct ctctcactca





27001
ctctctctcc gtctctctct ctctttctgt ctgtttctct ctctgtctgt ctctctccct





27061
ccatgtctct ctctctccct ctcactcact ctctctccgt ctctctctct ctttctgtct





27121
gtttctttgt ctgtctgtct gtctgtctgt ctgtctctct ctctctctct ctctctctct





27181
ctctctgttt gtctttctcc ctccctgtct gtctgtctgt ctctctctct ctgtctctgt





27241
ctctgtctct ctctctttct ctttctgtct gtttctctct atctctcgct gtccatctct





27301
gtctttctat gtctgtctct ttctctgtca gtctgtcaga cacacccgtg ccggtagggc





27361
cctgcccttc cacgagagtg agaagcgcgt gcttcggtgc ttagagaggc cgagaggaat





27421
ctagacaggc gggccttgct gggcttcccc actcggtgta cgatttcggg aggtcgaggc





27481
cgggtccccg cttggatgcg aggggcattt tcagactttt ctctcggtca cgtgtggcgt





27541
ccgtacttct cctatttccc cgataagtct cctcgacttc aacataaact gttaaggccg





27601
gacgccaaca cggcgaaacc ccgtctctac taaaaataca aagctgagtc gggagcggtg





27661
gggcaggccc tgtaatgcca gctcctcggg aggctgaggc gggagaatcg cttgaaccag





27721
ggaagcggag gctgcaggga gccgagatcg cgccactgca ctacggccca ggctgtagag





27781
tgagtgagac tcggtctcta aataaatacg gaaattaatt aattcattaa ttcttttccc





27841
tgctgacgga catttgcagg caggcatcgg ttgtcttcgg gcatcaccta gcggccactg





27901
ttattgaaag tcgacgttga cacggaggga ggtctcgccg acttcaccga gcctggggca





27961
acgggtttct ctctctccct tctggaggcc cctccctctc tccctcgttg cctagggaac





28021
ctcgcctagg gaacctccgc cctgggggcc ctattgttct ttgatcggcg ctttactttt





28081
ctttgtgttt tggcgcctag actcttctac ttgggctttg ggaagggtca gtttaatttt





28141
caagttgccc cccggctccc cccactaccc acgtcccttc accttaattt agtgagncgg





28201
ttaggtgggt ttcccccaaa ccgccccccc ccccccgcct cccaacaccc tgcttggaaa





28261
ccttccagag ccaccccggt gtgcctccgt cttctctccc cttcccccac cccttgccgg





28321
cgatctcatt cttgccaggc tgacatttgc atcggtgggc gtcaggcctc actcgggggc





28381
caccgttttt gaagatgggg gcggcacggt cccacttccc cggaggcagc ttgggccgat





28441
ggcatagccc cttgacccgc gtgggcaagc gggcgggtct gcagttgtga ggcttttccc





28501
cccgctgctt cccgctcagg cctccctccc taggaaagct tcaccctggc tgggtctcgg





28561
tcacctttta tcacgatgtt ttagtttctc cgccctccgg ccagcagagt ttcacaatgc





28621
gaagggcgcc acggctctag tctgggcctt ctcagtactt gcccaaaata gaaacgcttt





28681
ctgaaaacta ataactttnc tcacttaaga tttccaggga cggcgccttg gcccgtgttt





28741
gttggcttgt tttgtttcgt tctgttttgt tttgttcgtg tttttccttt ctcgtatgtc





28801
tttcttttca ggtgaagtag aaatccccag ttttcaggaa gacgtctatt ttccccaaga





28861
cacgttagct gccgtttttt cctgttgtga actagcgctt ttgtgactct ctcaacgctg





28921
cagtgagagc cggttgatgt ttacnatcct tcatcatgac atcttatttt ctagaaatcc





28981
gtaggcgaat gctgctgctg ctcttgttgc tgttgttgtt gttgttgttg tcgtcgttgc





29041
tgttgtcgtt gtcgttgttg ttgtcgttgt cgttgttttc aaagtatacc ccggccaccg





29101
tttatgggat caaaagcatt ataaaatatg tgtgattatt tcttgagcac gcccttcctc





29161
cccctctctc tgtctctctg tctgtctctg tctctctctt tctctgtctg tcttctctct





29221
ctctctctct ctgtgtctct ctctctctgc ctgtctgttt ctctctctct gcctctctct





29281
ctctctctct ctctgcctgt ctctctcact gtgtctgtct tctgtcttac tccctttctc





29341
tgtctgtctg tcggtctctc tctctctctc tccctgtctg tatgtttctc tctgtctctg





29401
tctctctctc tctttctgtt tctctctctc cgtctctgtc tttctctgac tgtctctctc





29461
tttccttctc tctgtctctc tctgcctgtc tctctcactc tgtcttctgt cttatctctc





29521
tctctgcctg cctgtctctc tcactctctc tctctgtgtg tctctctctc tctttctgtt





29581
tctctctgtc tctctgtccg tctctgtctt tctctgtctg tctctttgtc tgtctgtctt





29641
tgtctttcct tctctctgtc tctgtctctc tcactgtgtc tgtcttctgt cttagtctct





29701
ctctctctct ctccctgtct gtctgtctct ctctctctct ccccctgtct gtttctctct





29761
ctctctctct ctctctctct ctctgtcttt gtctttcttt ctgtctctgt ctctctctct





29821
ctctctgtgt gtctgtcttc tgtcttactg tctttctctg cctgtctgtc tgtctgtctc





29881
tctctgtctg tctctctctc tctctccccc tgtcggctgt ttctctgtct ctgtctgtgt





29941
ctctctttct gtctgtttct ctctgtctgt ctttctctct ctgtctcttt ctctctgtct





30001
ctctgtctgt ctctgtctct ctctctgtct ctctctctct gtgggggtgt gtgtgtgtgt





30061
gtgtatgtgt gtgtgtgtgt gtgtgtgtgt ctgccttctg tcttactctc tttctctgcc





30121
tgtctgtctg cctgtctgtt tgtctctctc tctctgcctg tctctctccc ttcctgtctg





30181
tttctctctc tttctgtttc tctctgtctc tgtccatctc tgtctttctc cgtctgtctc





30241
tttatctgtc tctctccgtc tgtctcttta tctgtctctc tctctctttc tgtctttctc





30301
tctctgtgta tcgttgtctc tctctgtctg tctctgtctc tgtctctctg tctctctctc





30361
tctctctctc tctctgtctg tctgtccgtc tgtctgtctc ggtctctgcg tctcgctatc





30421
tcccgccctc tctttttttg caaaagaagc tcaagtacat ctaatctaat cccttaccaa





30481
ggcctgaatt cttcacttct gacatcccag atttgatctc cctacagaat gctgtacaga





30541
actggcgagt tgatttctgg acttggatac ctcatagaaa ctacatatga ataaagatcc





30601
aatcctaaaa tctggggtgg cttctccctc gactgtctcg aaaaatcgta cctctgttcc





30661
cctaggatgc cggaagagtt ttctcaatgt gcatctgccc gtgtcctaag tgatctgtga





30721
ccgagccctg tccgtcctgt ctcaaatatg tacgtgcaaa cacttctctc catttccaca





30781
actacccacg gccccttgtg gaaccactgg ctctttgaaa aaaatcccag aagtggtttt





30841
ggctttttgg ctaggaggcc taagcctgct gagaactttc ctgcccagga tcctcgggac





30901
catgcttgct agcgctggat gagtctctgg aaggacgcac gggactccgc aaagctgacc





30961
tgtcccaccg aggtcaaatg gatacctctg cattggcccg aggcctccga agtacatcac





31021
cgtcaccaac cgtcaccgtc agcatccttg tgagcctgcc caaggccccg cctccgggga





31081
gactcttggg agcccggcct tcgtcggcta aagtccaaag ggatggtgac ttccacccac





31141
aaggtcccac tgaacggcga agatgtggag cgtaggtcag agaggggacc aggaggggag





31201
acgtcccgac aggcgacgag ttcccaaggc tctggccacc ccacccacgc cccacgcccc





31261
acgtcccggg cacccgcggg acaccgccgc tttatcccct cctctgtcca cagccggccc





31321
caccccacca cgcaacccac gcacacacgc tggaggttcc aaaaccacac ggtgtgacta





31381
gagcctgacg gagcgagagc ccatttcacg aggtgggagg ggtgggggtg gggtgggttg





31441
ggggttgtgg ggtctgtggc gagcccgatt ctccctcttg ggtggctaca ggctagaaat





31501
gaatatcgct tcttgggggg aggggcttcc ttaggccatc accgcttgcg ggactacctc





31561
tcaaaccctc ccttgaggcc acaaaataga ttccacccca cccatcgacg tttcccccgg





31621
gtgctggatg tatcctgtca agagacctga gcctgacacc gtcgaattaa acaccttgac





31681
tggctttgtg tgtttgtttg tttctgagat ggagtcttgc tctgtccccc aggctggagt





31741
gcagtggcgt gatctcagct cactggaacc tctgcctcct gggttcaagt gattctcctg





31801
tctcagcgcc accatggccg gctcattttt tttttttttt tttttggtag acacggggtt





31861
tcaccctctt tcattggttt tcactggaga ttctagattc gagccacacc tcattccgtg





31921
ccacagagag acttcttttt tttttttttt tttttaagcg caacgcaaca tgtctgcctt





31981
atttgagtgg cttcctatat cattataatt gtgttataga tgaagaaacg gtattaaaca





32041
ctgtgctaat gatagtgaaa gtgaagacaa aagaaaggct atctattttg tggttagaat





32101
aaagttgctc agtatttaga agctacctaa atacgtcagc atttacactc ttcctagtaa





32161
aagctggccg atctgaataa tcctccttta aacaaacaca atttttgata gggttaagat





32221
ttttttaaga atgcgactcc tgcaaaatag ctgaacagac gatacacatt taaaaaaata





32281
acaacacaag gatcaaccag acttgggaaa aaatcgaaaa ccacacaagt cttatgaaga





32341
actgagttct taaaatagga cggagaacgt agctatcgga agagaaggca gtattggcaa





32401
gttgattgtt acgttggtca gcagtagctg gcactatctt tttggccatc tttcgggcaa





32461
tgtaactact acagcaaaat gagatatgat ccattaaaca acatattcgc aaatcaaaaa





32521
gtgtttcagt aatataatgc ttcagattta gaagcaaatc aaatgataga actccactgc





32581
tgtaataagt caccccaaag atcaccgtat ctgacaaaat aactaccaca gggttatgac





32641
ttcagaatca tactttcttc ttgatattta cttatgtatt tatttttttt aatttatttc





32701
tcttgagacg cgtctcgctc tgtcgcccag gctggagtgc gatggtgtga tctcggctca





32761
ctgcaaccgc cacctccctg ggttcaagcg attctcctgc ctcagcctcc cgagtagctg





32821
ggactacagg tgcccgccac cacgcccagc taatctttat acttttaata gagacggggt





32881
ttcaccgtgt cggcccggat ggtctcgatc tcttgacctc gtgacccgcc cgcctcggcc





32941
tcccaaagtg ctgggatgac aggcgtgagc cactgagccc ggccttctct tgacgtttaa





33001
actatgaagt cagtccagag aaacgcaata aatgtcaacg gtgaggatgg tgttgaggca





33061
gaagtaggac cacacttttt cctatcttat tcagttgata acaatatgac ctaggtagta





33121
atttcctatg tgcctactta tacacgagta caaaagagta aaacagagag actgctaaat





33181
taaagggtac gtgaagttct tcatagtaac tccgtaaact ggaacactgt caaaaagcag





33241
cagctagtga attgtttcca tgtatttttc tattatccaa taagtgaact atgctattcc





33301
tttccagtct cccaagcact tcttgtcccc atcaccactt cggtgctcga agaaaaagta





33361
agcaaatcaa ggaacacaag ctaaagaaac acacacacaa accaaagaca actacagcgt





33421
ctgcaaaagt ttgctagaag actgaaactg ttgagtataa ggatctggta ttctacgatc





33481
atgagttcac ttcagagttt gttcaagaca tacgtttcgt aaggaaacat cttagttaga





33541
agttattcag cagtaggtac catccctaag tatttttcac caaatccgtg acaataaaga





33601
gctatctaac cagaaaaatt agcgagtacg ggcaccatcc atagggcttt gtctttacgc





33661
ttcattagca cttaccatgc cttacaatgt ctaggattga ccctgatagc atttcgaaaa





33721
caagctaatg ctttgtccag ttcttcagtg aagacaactc acgccctaat gcgctatagg





33781
cataagcatc atttggatcc acttcgagag ttctctggaa gaattgaatc gcaatatcgt





33841
gttcccgttt gcagaccgaa acagtttccc tgcagcacac caggcctctg gctggcgaat





33901
ttttatccat gtctgtgaag tctttggaca gaactgaaag agcaacctct ttcggaggat





33961
gccaaagtgt tgtagagtag atctccatgc cttcgactct gtaattctca atcctcctaa





34021
cctctgagaa ttgtctttca gcttgcgtgg actctgaaag tttacaatag gccntttccg





34081
atttggcaca gtacccaacc ggtattgcag tggtgagaag ctagatggct caagatgctg





34141
atagcttctt tgccgtggta agaacacaaa gctaaataac ctttccccct ttcacgaaga





34201
aggctcatca agccttccgc tgctgctttt tgtagattaa aagcctgaat ctgaggcgcg





34261
attgcggcta ttttcccttc tgaaatgacg gaagagtcca attttgtcac ttccaggcta





34321
tcacttatgt tcggtggagt tattgctcct ttattagttt tacttttggt tcttctgttt





34381
gggattttag gtggaaactt catttttaat tttctcctaa ttctcctcgg ttgtggagct





34441
gtcactagtc aagagtcgtg aatttcttcg aggncggtgc atttggggga gatgccatag





34501
tggggctcaa tacctgaggt gttgcccttg tcggcggacc agaactttgt gtttttgcaa





34561
ggactggagt tacctttcgg ctctttcccc tctgcgagaa gacagacggt gttccggttt





34621
ggccgattct ggcaacaggc ttttctgaag gggctccggt ggatggcacg tcagtgacag





34681
acggtgtctc ataccagtgc agttttgtca atagggtccg tctccgggac ttggggtttc





34741
taatggcaaa atgccaacac ttggggttaa tggactaaca gctgctggtc ctcctaataa





34801
acttcgacca gtttttggtt tatgttgaac ctgtttagat catatggaag ttcctgttcc





34861
cagtgggaca gtatcaggtg aaaggacagc tgaatcgata gaagacactg gggagtctgt





34921
attcaaggag tactttgaat tggaagattc taaattccat ccgtttcatt cgacggtgtc





34981
ctggggtgtt tccgtaagaa cggtctcggg ctgtctgtga cataaactag gacgaggtcc





35041
aagtgttgtg gcgcaacact tggacaggca gttgctaaag ctctctagag aggtgaatca





35101
aaatgtttgg tcaggatctg gcttttcccc cctatttcac atcatgattc aaagggacac





35161
cagaggaaag gatttcaacg aaggctcttt tggtcacatt ctgatccttt ggtaagccga





35221
tctgtcttgc aatatacatg tcccgacgat ggaaggggaa agcgagctga atcaccaaac





35281
tcaggaacga taatatcatc gtggcttttc tgcttatgaa acactccacc cgataagatt





35341
tgatcccctt ctgcaagctt gctgagatca acacaacatt tcgcaagcag gcatttgcat





35401
tgcggggtag tacaactgtg tcctttcaag agtctatatg ttttataggc ctttcctgag





35461
cggtaagaac aggtcgccag taagaacaag gcttcttctg agtgtacttc tgcataaagg





35521
cgttctgcgg gggaaaccgc atctcggtag gcatagtggt ttagtgcttg ccatatagca





35581
gcctggacgg gtccctgcag caccgccatc ctcgaggctc aggcccactt tctgcagtgc





35641
cacaggcacc cccccccccc catagcggct ccggcccggc cagccccggc tcatttaaag





35701
gcaccagccg ccgttaccgg gggatggggg agtccgagac agaatgactt ctttatcctg





35761
ctgactctgg aaagcccggc gccttgtgat ccattgcaaa ccgagagtca cctcgtgttt





35821
agaacacgga tccactccca agttcagtgg ggggatgtga ggggtgtggc aggtaggacg





35881
aaggactctc ttccttctga ttcggtctgc acagtggggc ctagggctgg agctctctcc





35941
gtgcggaccg ctgactccct ctaccttggg ttccctcggc cccaccctgg aacgccgggc





36001
cttggcagat tctggccctt tctggccctt cagtcgctgt cagaaacccc atctcatgct





36061
cggatgcccc gagtgactgt ggctcgcacc tctccggaaa cattggaaat ctctcctcta





36121
cgcgcggcca cctgaaacca caggagctcg ggacacacgt gctttcggga gagaatgctg





36181
agagtctctc gccgactctc tcttgacttg agttcttcgt gggtgcgtgg ttaagacgta





36241
gtgagaccag atgtattaac tcaggccggg tgctggtggc tcacgcctgt aaccccaaca





36301
ctttgggagg ccgaggccgt aggatccctc gaggaatcgc ctaaccctgg ggaggttgag





36361
gttgcagtga gtgagccata gttgtgtcac tgtgctccag tctgggcgaa agacagaatg





36421
aggccctgcc acaggcaggc aggcaggcag gcaggcagaa agacaacagc tgtattatgt





36481
tcttctcagg gtaggaagca aaaataacag aatacagcac ttaattaatt tttttttttt





36541
ccttcggacg gagtttcact cttggtgccc acgctggagt gcagtggcac catctcggct





36601
caccgcaacc tccacctccc gcgttcaagc gattctcctg cctcagcctc ctgagtagct





36661
gggattacag ggaggagcca ccacacccag ctgattttgt attgttagta gagacggcat





36721
ttctccatgt gggtcaggct ggtctcgaac tggcgacccc agtggatctg cccgccccgg





36781
cctcccaaag tgctggggtg acaggcgtga gccatcgtga ctggccggct acgtttattt





36841
atttattttt ttaattattt tacttttttt tagttttcca ttttaatcta tttatttatt





36901
tacatttatt tatttattta tttatttact tatttattta ttttcgagac agactctcgc





36961
tctgctgccc aggctggagt gcagcggcgt gatctcggct cactgcaacg tccgcctccc





37021
gggttcacgc cattctcctg cctcagcctc ccaagtagct gggactacag gcgcccgcca





37081
ccgtgcccgg ctaacttttt gtattttgag tagagatggg gtttcactgt ggtagccagg





37141
atggtctcga tctcctgacc ccgtgatccg tccacctcgg cctcccaaag tgctgggatg





37201
acaggcgtga gccaccggcc ccggcctatt tatctattta ttaactttga gtccaggtta





37261
tgaaaccagt tagtttttgt aatttttttt tttttttttt ttttttgaga cgaggtttca





37321
ccgtgttgcc aaggcttgga ccgagggatc caccggccct cggcctccca aaagtgcggg





37381
gatgacaggc gcgagcctac cgcgcccgga cccccccttt ccccttcccc cgcttgtctt





37441
cccgacagac agtttcacgg cagagcgttt ggctggcgtg cttaaactca ttctaaatag





37501
aaatttggga cgtcagcttc tggcctcacg gactctgagc cgaggagtcc cctggtctgt





37561
ctatcacagg accgtacacg taaggaggag aaaaatcgta acgttcaaag tcagtcattt





37621
tgtgatacag aaatacacgg attcacccaa aacacagaaa ccagtctttt agaaatggcc





37681
ttagccctgg tgtccgtgcc agtgattctt ttcggtttgg accttgactg agaggattcc





37741
cagtcggtct ctcgtctctg gacggaagtt ccagatgatc cgatgggtgg gggacttagg





37801
ctgcgtcccc ccaggagccc tggtcgatta gttgtgggga tcgccttgga gggcgcggtg





37861
acccactgtg ctgtgggagc ctccatcctt ccccccaccc cctccccagg gggatcccaa





37921
ttcattccgg gctgacacgc tcactggcag gcgtcgggca tcacctagcg gtcactgtta





37981
ctctgaaaac ggaggcctca cagaggaagg gagcaccagg ccgcctgcgc acagcctggg





38041
gcaactgtgt cttctccacc gcccccgccc ccacctccaa gttcctccct cccttgttgc





38101
ctaggaaatc gccactttga cgaccgggtc tgattgacct ttgatcaggc aaaaacgaac





38161
aaacagataa ataaataaaa taacacaaaa gtaactaact aaataaaata agtcaataca





38221
acccattaca atacaataag atacgatacg ataggatgcg ataggatacg ataggataca





38281
atacaatagg atacgataca atacaataca atacaataca atacaataca atacaataca





38341
atacaataca atacaatacg ccgggcgcgg tggctcatgc ctgtcatccc gtcactttgg





38401
gatgccgagg tggacgcatc acctgaagtc gggagttgga gacaagcccg accaacatgg





38461
agaaatcccg tctcaattga aaatacaaaa ctagccgggc gcggtggcac atgcctataa





38521
tcccagctgc taggaaggct gaggcaggag aatcgcttga acctgggaag cggaggttgc





38581
agtgagccga gattgcgcca tcgcactcca gtctgagcaa caagagcgaa actccgtctc





38641
aaaaataaat acataaataa atacatacat acatacatac atacatacat acatacatac





38701
ataaattaaa ataaataaat aaaataaaat aaataaatgg gccctgcgcg gtggctcaag





38761
cctgtcatcc cctcactttg ggaggccaag gccggtggat caagaggcgg tcagaccaac





38821
agggccagta tggtgaaacc ccgtctctac tcacaataca caacattagc cgggcgctgt





38881
gctgtgctgt actgtctgta atcccagcta ctcgggaggc cgagctgagg caggagaatc





38941
gcttgaacct gggaggcgga ggttgcagtg agccgagatc gcgccactgc aacccagcct





39001
gggcgacaga gcgagactcc gtctccaaaa aatgaaaatg aaaatgaaac gcaacaaaat





39061
aattaaaaag tgagtttctg gggaaaaaga agaaaagaaa aaagaaaaaa acaacaaaac





39121
agaacaaccc caccgtgaca tacacgtacg cttctcgcct ttcgaggcct caaacacgtt





39181
aggaattatg cgtgatttct ttttttaact tcattttatg ttattatcat gattgatgtt





39241
tcgagacgga gtctcggagg cccgccctcc ctggttgccc agacaacccc gggagacaga





39301
ccctggctgg gcccgattgt tcttctcctt ggtcaggggt ttccttgtct ttcttcgtgt





39361
ctttaacccg cgtggactct tccgcctcgg gtttgacaga tggcagctcc actttaggcc





39421
ttgttgttgt tggggacttt cctgattctc cccagatgta gtgaaagcag gtagattgcc





39481
ttgcctggcc ttgcctggcc ttgccttttc tttctttctt tctttcttta ttactttctc





39541
tttttcttct tcttcttctt cttttttttg agacagagtt tcactcttgt tgcccaggct





39601
agagggcaat ggcgcgatct cggctcaccg caccctccgc ctcccaggtt caagcgattc





39661
tcctgcctca gcctcctgat tagctgggat tacaggcatg ggccaccgtg ctggctgatg





39721
tttgtacttt tagtagagac ggtgtttttc catgttggtc aggctggtct cccactccca





39781
acctcaggtg gtccgcctgc cttagcctcc caaagtgctg ggatgacagg cgtgcaaccg





39841
cgcccagcct ctctctctct ctctctctct ctcgctcgct tgcttgcttg ctttcgtgct





39901
ttcttgcttt cccgttttct tgctttcttt ctttctttcg tttctttcat gcttgctttc





39961
ttgcttgctt gcttgctttc gtgctttctt gctttcctgt tttctttctt tctttctttc





40021
tttctttctt ttgtttcttt cttgcttgct ttcttgcttg cttgcttgct ttcgtgcttt





40081
cttgctttcc tgttttcttt ctttctttct ttcttttctt tctttcttgc ttgctttcct





40141
gcttgcttgc tttcgtgctt tcttgttttc tcgatttctt tctttctttt gtttctttcc





40201
tgcttgcttt cttgcttgct tgctttcgtg cttcttgctt tcctgttttc tttctttctt





40261
tctttctttt gtttctttct tgcttgcttt cttgcttgct tgctttcgtg ctgtcttgtt





40321
tctcgatttc tttctttctt ttgtttcttt cctgcttgct ttcttgcttg attgctttcg





40381
tgctttcttg ctttcttgtt ttctttcttt cttttgtttc tttctttctt gcttccttgt





40441
tttcttgctt tcttgcttgc ttgctttcgt gctttcttgt tttcttgctt tctttctttt





40501
gtttctttct tgcttgcttt cttgcttcct tgttttcttg ctttcttgct tgcttgcttt





40561
cgtgctttct ttcttgcttt cttttctttc tttcttttct ttttctttct ttcttgcttt





40621
cttttctttc atcatcatct ttctttcttt cctttctttc tttctttctt tctatctttc





40681
tttctttctt tctttctttc tttctttctt tctttctgtt tcgtcctttt gagacagagt





40741
ttcactcttg tttccacggc tagagtgcaa tggcgcgatc ttggctcacc gcaccttccg





40801
cctcccgggt tcgagcgctt ctcctgcctc cagcctcccg attagcgggg attgacaggg





40861
aggcaccccc acgcctggct tggctgatgt ttgtgttttt agtaggcacg ccgtgtctct





40921
ccatgttgct caggctggtc tccaactccc gacctcctgt gatgcgccca cctcggcctc





40981
tcgaagtgct gggatgacgg gcgtgacgac cgtgcccggc ctgttgactc atttcgcttt





41041
tttatttctt tcgtttccac gcgtttactt atatgtatta atgtaaacgt ttctgtacgc





41101
ttatatgcaa acaacgacaa cgtgtatctc tgcattgaat actcttgcgt atggtaaata





41161
cgtatcggtt gtatggaaat agacttctgt atgatagatg taggtgtctg tgttatacaa





41221
ataaatacac atcgctctat aaagaaggga tcgtcgataa agacgtttat tttacgtatg





41281
aaaagcgtcg tatttatgtg tgtaaatgaa ccgagcgtac gtagttatct ctgttttctt





41341
tcttcctctc cttcgtgttt ttcttccttc ctttcttcct ttctctcctt ctttaggttt





41401
ttcttcctct cttcctttcc ttctttctct ctttctgtcc ttttttcctt cgtgctttat





41461
ttctctttcg ttccctgtgt ttccttcttt tttctttcct ctctgtttct ttttcccttc





41521
tttccttcgt ttctttcctc attctttctc tctttttcgt tgtttctttc cttcccgtct





41581
gtcttttaaa aaattggagt gtttcagaag tttactttgt gtatctacgt tttctaaatt





41641
gtctctcttt tctccatttt cttcctccct ccctccctcc ctccctgctc ccttccctcc





41701
ctccttccct ttcgccatct gtctcttttc cccactcccc tccccccgtc tgtctctgcg





41761
tggattccgg aagagcctac cgattctgcc tctccgtgtg tctgcagcga ccccgcgacc





41821
gagtccttgt gtgttctttc tccctccctc cctccctccc tccctccctc cctccctgct





41881
tccgagaggc atctccagag accgcgccgt gggttgtctt ctgactctgt cgcggtcgag





41941
gcagagacgc gttttgggca ccgtttgtgt ggggttgggg cagaggggct gcgttttcgg





42001
cctcgggaag agcttctcga ctcacggttt cgctttcgcg gtccacgggc cgccctgcca





42061
gccggatctg tctcgctgac gtccgcggcg gttgtcgggc tccatctggc ggccgctttg





42121
agatcgtgct ctcggcttcc ggagctgcgg tggcagctgc cgagggaggg gaccgtcccc





42181
gctgtgagct aggcagagct ccggaaagcc cgcggtcgtc agcccggctg gcccggtggc





42241
gccagagctg tggccggtcg cttgtgagtc acagctctgg cgtgcaggtt tatgtggggg





42301
agaggctgtc gctgcgcttc tgggcccgcg gcgggcgtgg ggctgcccgg gccggtcgac





42361
cagcgcgccg tagctcccga ggcccgagcc gcgacccggc ggacccgccg cgcgtggcgg





42421
aggctgggga cgcccttccc ggcccggtcg cggtccgctc atcctggccg tctgaggcgg





42481
cggccgaatt cgtttccgag atccccgtgg ggagccgggg accgtcccgc ccccgtcccc





42541
cgggtgccgg ggagcggtcc ccgggccggg ccgcggtccc tctgccgcga tcctttctgg





42601
cgagtccccg tggccagtcg gagagcgctc cctgagccgg tgcggcccga gaggtcgcgc





42661
tggccggcct tcggtccctc gtgtgtcccg gtcgtaggag gggccggccg aaaatgcttc





42721
cggctcccgc tctggagaca cgggccggcc cctgcgtgtg gccagggcgg ccgggagggc





42781
tccccggccc ggcgctgtcc ccgcgtgtgt ccttgggttg accagaggga ccccgggcgc





42841
tccgtgtgtg gctgcgatgg tggcgttttt ggggacaggt gtccgtgtcc gtgtcgcgcg





42901
tcgcctgggc cggcggcgtg gtcggtgacg cgacctcccg gccccggggg aggtatatct





42961
ttcgctccga gtcggcaatt ttgggccgcc gggttatat






Quadruplex structures for other nucleic acids having sequences derived from human ribosomal DNA, template (T) and non-template (NT) strands are tested. For nucleotide sequences from the NT strand, the number in the identifier delineates the 5′ nucleotide of the oligonucleotide and is the position in SEQ ID NO: 1 less one nucleotide (e.g., the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotide 13079NT spans sixteen (16) nucleotides in SEQ ID NO: 1 beginning at position 13080 in SEQ ID NO: 1). For nucleotide sequences from the T strand, the number in the identifier defines the 3′ nucleotide of the reverse complement oligonucleotide derived from the position in SEQ ID NO: 1 less one nucleotide (e.g., the nucleotide sequence of 10110T is the reverse complement of a seventeen (17) nucleotide span in SEQ ID NO: 1, with the 3′ terminus of the oligonucleotide defined at position 10111 in SEQ ID NO: 1). Spectra characteristic of parallel, mixed parallel, antiparallel (with mixed parallel characteristics) and complex intramolecular quadruplex structures were observed. Quadruplex conformation determinations are summarized in the following table.














Nucleic




acid


identifier
Conformation
Nucleotide Sequence







10110T
Parallel
GGGGGGGGGGGCGGGGG





13079NT
Parallel
GGGGTGGGGGGGAGGG





6960NT
Mixed
GGGTGGCGGGGGGGAGAGGGGGG





6534NT
Mixed
GGGCGGGGGGGGCGGGGGG





1196NT
Mixed
GGGTGGACGGGGGGGCCTGGTGGGG





2957NT
Mixed
GGGTCGGGGGGTGGGGCCCGGGCCG




GGG





5700NT
Mixed
GGGAGGGAGACGGGGGGG





8511NT
Mixed
GGGGGTGGGCGGGCGGGGCCGGGGG




TGGG





6183NT
Mixed
GGGTCGGGGGCGGTGGTGGGCCCGCG




GGGG





11028NT
Mixed
GGGGCGCGGCGGGGGGAGAAGGGTC




GGGGCGGCAGGGG





6374NT
Mixed
GGGGGCGGGAACCCCCGGGCGCCTGT




GGG





7733T
Mixed
GGGAGGGGCACGGGCCGGGGGCGGGA




CGGG





7253NT
Mixed
GGGTCCGGAAGGGGAAGGGTGCCGG




CGGGGAGAGAGGGTCGGGGG





13173NT
Mixed
GGGCCGGGACGGGGTCCGGGG





6914T
Mixed
GGGCCCGCGGGGGGAGGGGGAAGGG




GCGGG





8749NT
Antiparallel
GGGAGGGCGCGCGGGTCGGGG





10816NT
Antiparallel
GGGCTGGGTCGGTCGGGCTGGGG





8762NT
Complex
CGGAGGGCGCGCGGGTCGGGGCGG




CGGCGGCGGCGGCGGTGGCGGCGG




CGGCGGGGGCGGCGGG









Example 4
Effects of Ribosomal Nucleic Acid Interacting Molecules on Nucleolin/Nucleic Acid Interactions

The following assays can be used to assess the effects of compounds on interactions between nucleolin and nucleic acid ligands capable of forming quadruplex (QP) and hairpin (HP) secondary structures. Nucleic acid ligands tested were a cMyc QP DNA having nucleotide sequence 5′-TGGGGAGGGTGGGGAGGGTGGGGAAGG-3′ and a HP pre-rRNA region to which nucleolin binds, having the sequence 5′-GGCCGAAAUCCCGAAGUAGGCC-3′. In the assays, recombinant nucleolin (˜250 nM), which has been fused to maltose binding protein, and has the sequence under accession number NM005381 without the N-terminal acidic stretches domain, is incubated with each of the two 32P-labeled nucleic acid ligands (10 or 250 nM). Nucleolin and the nucleic acid ligand are incubated in the presence or absence of a test compound 7 in an incubation buffer (12.5 mM Tris, pH 7.6, 60 mM KCl, 1 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 5% glycerol, 0.1 mg/ml BSA) for 30 minutes at room temperature.


The resulting complexes are separated on a 6% DNA retardation gel using 0.5×TBE with 20 mM KCl as a running buffer. The assay also can be conducted using nucleic acid ligands derived from human ribosomal DNA, whereby one can identify a compound that selectively modulates formation of a nucleolin/nucleic acid complex that depends on the conformation of the nucleic acid. Sequences of suitable nucleic acids are shown in the preceding example. The table directly below shows for each nucleic acid ligand the relative affinity for nucleolin. A “+” represents the weakest nucleolin affinity and a “++++” represents the strongest nucleolin affinity. The table also shows the conformation of the intramolecular quadruplex structure formed by the nucleic acid ligand determined by circular dichroism, as described above. RND27 is a single-stranded nucleic acid having a random sequence that does not form a quadruplex structure. Using nucleic acids such as these having known conformational properties, one can identify a compound such as the compounds described herein that selectively interferes with binding of nucleolin to a particular quadruplex structure.

















Nucleic acid ligand
Conformation
Affinity for Nucleolin









1196NT
Mixed
+



2957NT
Mixed
+++



6183NT
Mixed
+



6374NT
Mixed




6534NT
Parallel
+++



6960NT
Parallel
+++



7253NT
Mixed
+++



7733T
Mixed
+



8511NT
Mixed
++++



8749NT
Antiparallel
+



8762NT
Complex
++++



10816NT
Antiparallel




11028NT
Mixed
+



13079NT
Parallel
++



13137NT
Mixed
++



RND27
Single-stranded











Example 5
Inhibition of Protein Kinases

Compounds can also be tested for activity in protein kinase inhibition assays as described herein. All substrates are dissolved and diluted to working stocks in de-ionised water, apart from histone H1 (10× working stock in 20 mM MOPS pH 7.0), PDKtide (10× working stock in 50 mM Tris pH 7.0) ATF2 (which is typically stored at a 20× working stock in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.03% Brij-35, 50% glycerol, 1 mM benzamidine, 0.2 mM PMSF and 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol), KKLNRTLSFAEPG and RRRLSFAEPG (50 mM HEPES pH 7.4) and GGEEEEYFELVKKKK (20 mM MOPS pH 7.0). All kinases are pre-diluted to a 10× working concentration prior to addition into the assay. The composition of the dilution buffer for each kinase is detailed below.


1. Blk, c-RAF, CSK, IGF-1R, IR, Lyn, MAPK1, MAPK2, MKK4, MKK6, MKK70, SAPK2a, SAPK2b, SAPK3, SAPK4, Syk, ZAP-70: 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% beta-mercaptoethanol, 1 mg/ml BSA.


2. JNK1a1, JNK2a2, JNK3, PRK2, ROCK-II: 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% beta-mercaptoethanol, 1 mg/ml BSA.


3. PDK1: 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.05% Beta-mercaptoethanol, 1 mg/ml BSA.


4. MEK-1: 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% beta-mercaptoethanol, 1 mg/ml BSA.


5. Abl, Abl(T315I), ALK, ALK4, Arg, Ask1, Aurora-A, Axl, Bmx, BRK, BTK, CDK1/cyclinB, CDK2/cyclinA, CDK2/cyclinE, CDK3/cyclinE, CDK5/p25, CDK5/p35, CDK6/cyclinD3, CDK7/cyclinH/MAT1, CHK1, CHK2, CK1, CKIS, cKit, cKit (D816V), cSRC, DDR2, EGFR, EGFR (L858R), EGFR (L861Q), EphA2, EphA3, EphA4, EphA5, EphB2, EphB3, EphB4, ErbB4, Fer, Fes, FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fgr, Flt1, Flt3, Flt3 (D835Y), Fms, Fyn, GSK3a, GSK30, Hck, HIPK2, IKKa, IKKO, IRAK4, IRR, JAK2, JAK3, KDR, Lck, MAPKAP-K2, MAPKAP-K3, Met, MINK, MLCK, MRCKP, MSK1, MSK2, MST1, MST2, MuSK, NEK2, NEK6, Nek7, p70S6K, PAK2, PAK4, PAK6, PAR-1Ba, PDGFRa, PDGFRO, Pim-1, PKA, PKBa, PKBP, PKBy, PKC6, PKCQ, PKG10, Plk3, Pyk2, Ret, RIPK2, Rse, ROCK-I, Ron, Ros, Rsk1, Rsk2, Rsk3, SGK, SGK2, SGK3, Snk, TAK1, TBK1, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, TSSK2, Yes, ZIPK: 20 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 1 mM EDTA, 0.1% Beta-mercaptoethanol, 0.01% Brij-35, 5% glycerol, 1 mg/ml BSA.


6. CK2: 20 mM HEPES pH 7.6, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1 mM EGTA, 5 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-100, 50% glycerol.


7. CaMKII, CaMKIV: 40 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 1 mg/ml BSA.


8. PKCa, PKCRI, PKCRII, PKCy, PKCS, PKC6, PKCYI, PKCL, PKCμ, PKD2: 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100.


9. PRAK: Beta-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mM EGTA, 1 mg/ml BSA.


10. AMPK: 50 mM Na R-glycerophosphate pH 7.0, 0.1%. Protein kinase assays for a variety of kinases are conducted as follows:


Abl (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Abl (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Abl (T315I) (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Abl (T315I) (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Abl (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Abl (m) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in meth\anol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ALK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ALK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting. ALK4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ALK4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2 mg/ml casein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


AMPK (r)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, AMPK (r) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 32 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.65 mM DTT, 0.012% Brij-35, 200 μM AMP, 200 μM AMARAASAAALARRR, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Arg (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Arg (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Arg (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Arg (m) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ASK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ASK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Aurora-A (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Aurora-A (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM LRRASLG (Kemptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Axl (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Axl (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKSRGDYMTMQIG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Blk (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Blk (m) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Bmx (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Bmx (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


BRK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, BRK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly (Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


BTK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, BTK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK (Cdc2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CaMKII (r)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CaMKII (r) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 40 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 5 mM CaCl2, 30 μg/ml calmodulin, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CaMKIV (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CaMKIV (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 40 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 5 mM CaCl2, 30 μg/ml calmodulin, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK1/cyclinB (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK1/cyclinB (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK2/cyclinA (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK2/cyclinA (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK2/cyclinE (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK2/cyclinE (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK3/cyclinE (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK3/cyclinE (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK5/p25 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK5/p25 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK5/p35 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK5/p35 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK6/cyclinD3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK6/cyclinD3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CDK7/cyclinH/MAT1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CDK7/cyclinH/MAT1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 500 μM peptide, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CHK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CHK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM KKKVSRSGLYRSPSMPENLNRPR, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CHK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CHK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM KKKVSRSGLYRSPSMPENLNRPR, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CK1 (y)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CK1 (y) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM KRRRALS(p)VASLPGL, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CK1S (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CK1S (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM KRRRALS(p)VASLPGL, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.6, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, 5 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-100, 165 μM RRRDDDSDDD, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


cKit (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, cKit (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


cKit (D816V) (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, cKit (D816V) (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


c-RAF (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, c-RAF (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.66 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


CSK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, CSK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


cSRC (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, cSRC (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK (Cdc2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


DDR2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, DDR2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKSRGDYMTMQIG, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EGFR (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EGFR (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EGFR (L858R) (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EGFR (L858R) (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EGFR (L861Q) (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EGFR (L861Q) (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphA2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphA2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphA3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphA3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphA4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphA4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphA5 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphA5 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly (Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphB2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphB2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphB3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphB3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly (Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


EphB4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, EphB4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ErbB4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ErbB4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Fer (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Fer (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 1 mM MnCl2, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Fes (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Fes (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


FGFR1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, FGFR1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


FGFR2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, FGFR2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


FGFR3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, FGFR3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


FGFR4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, FGFR4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Fgr (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Fgr (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Flt1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Flt1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Flt3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Flt3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Flt3 (D835Y) (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Flt3 (D835Y) (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM EAIYAAPFAKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Fms (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Fms (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Fyn (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Fyn (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK (Cdc2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


GSK3a (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, GSK3a (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 20 μM YRRAAVPPSPSLSRHSSPHQS(p)EDEEE (phospho GS2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


GSK3P (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, GSK30 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 20 μM YRRAAVPPSPSLSRHSSPHQS(p)EDEEE (phospho GS2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Hck (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Hck (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK (Cdc2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


HIPK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, HIPK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IGF-1R (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IGF-1R (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IKKa (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IKKa (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM peptide, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IKKP (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IKKP (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM peptide, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IR (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IR (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 250 μM KKSRGDYMTMQIG, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IRAK4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IRAK4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


IRR (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, IRR (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


JAK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, JAK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KTFCGTPEYLAPEVRREPRILSEEEQEMFRDFDYIADWC, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


JAK3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, JAK3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 500 μM GGEEEEYFELVKKKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


JNK1a1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, JNK1a1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 3 μM ATF2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


JNK2a2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, JNK2a2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 3 μM ATF2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


JNK3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, JNK3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 250 μM peptide, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


KDR (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, KDR (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Lck (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Lck (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK (Cdc2 peptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Lyn (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Lyn (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Lyn (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Lyn (m) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MAPK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MAPK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 250 μM peptide, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MAPK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MAPK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


P,-MAPK2 (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MAPK2 (m) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MAPKAP-K2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MAPKAP-K2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Na R-glycerophosphate pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MAPKAP-K3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MAPKAP-K3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Na R-glycerophosphate pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MEK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MEK1 (h) (1-5 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.2 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.01% Brij-35, 1 μM inactive MAPK2 (m), 10 mM MgAcetate and cold ATP (concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, 5 μl of this incubation mix is used to initiate a MAPK2 (m) assay, which is described on page 12 of this book.


Met (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Met (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MINK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MINK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MKK4 (m)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MKK4 (m) (1-5 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 2 μM inactive JNK1a1 (h), 10 mM MgAcetate and cold ATP (concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, 5 μl of this incubation mix is used to initiate a JNK1a1 (h) assay, which is exactly as described on page 11 of this book except that ATF2 is replaced with 250 μM peptide.


MKK6 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MKK6 (h) (1-5 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 1 mg/ml BSA, 1 μM inactive SAPK2a (h), 10 mM MgAcetate and cold ATP (concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, 5 μl of this incubation mix is used to initiate a SAPK2a (h) assay, which is described on page 18 of this book.


MKK7P (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MKK70 (h) (1-5 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 2 μM inactive JNK1a1 (h), 10 mM MgAcetate and cold ATP (concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, 5 μl of this incubation mix is used to initiate a JNK1a1 (h) assay, which is exactly as described on page 11 of this book except that ATF2 is replaced with 250 μM peptide.


MLCK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MLCK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5 mM CaCl2, 16 μg/ml calmodulin, 250 μM KKLNRTLSFAEPG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MRCKP (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MRCKP (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KKRNRTLTV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MSK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MSK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MSK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MSK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MST1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MST1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKSRGDYMTMQIG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MST2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MST2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


MuSK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, MuSK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 5 mM MnCl2, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


NEK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, NEK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


NEK6 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, NEK6 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 300 μM FLAKSFGSPNRAYKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


NEK7 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, NEK7 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 300 μM FLAKSFGSPNRAYKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PAK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PAK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KEAKEKRQEQIAKRRRLSSLRASTSKSGGSQK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PAK4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PAK4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.8 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PAK6 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PAK6 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM RRRLSFAEPG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PAR-1Ba (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PAR-1Ba (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KKKVSRSGLYRSPSMPENLNRPR, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PDGFRa (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PDGFRa (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PDGFRP (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PDGFRP (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PDK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PDK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 100 μM KTFCGTPEYLAPEVRREPRILSEEEQEMFRDFDYIADWC (PDKtide), 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PI3Ky (h) [Non-radioactive assay]


In a final reaction volume of 20 μl, PI3Ky (h) is incubated in assay buffer containing 10 μM phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate and MgATP (concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 30 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of stop solution containing EDTA and biotinylated phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-trisphosphate. Finally, 5 μl of detection buffer is added, which contains europium-labelled anti-GST monoclonal antibody, GST-tagged GRP1 PH domain and streptavidin-allophycocyanin. The plate is then read in time-resolved fluorescence mode and the homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF®)* signal is determined according to the formula HTRF®=10000×(Em665 nm/Em620 nm).


Pim-1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Pim-1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KKRNRTLTV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKA (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKA (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM LRRASLG (Kemptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKA (b)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKA (b) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM LRRASLG (Kemptide), 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKBa (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKBa (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKBP (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKBP (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKBy (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKBy (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCa (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCa (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mM, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCPI (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCRI (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mM CaCl2, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCPII (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCRII (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mM, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCy (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCy (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mM, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCS (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCS (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 50 μM ERMRPRKRQGSVRRRV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCS (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKC6 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 50 μM ERMRPRKRQGSVRRRV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCYI (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCYj (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 0.1 mM CaCl2, 0.1 mg/ml phosphatidylserine, 10 μg/ml diacylglycerol, 50 μM ERMRPRKRQGSVRRRV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCL (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCL (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 50 μM ERMRPRKRQGSVRRRV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCμ (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCV (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCe (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKC6 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml histone H1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKCM (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKCQ (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 50 μM ERMRPRKRQGSVRRRV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKD2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKD2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 0.03% Triton X-100, 30 μM KKLNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PKG1P (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PKG10 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 μM cGMP, 200 μM RRRLSFAEPG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Plk3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Plk3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2 mg/ml casein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PRAK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PRAK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Na R-glycerophosphate pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 30 μM KKLRRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 50 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


PRK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, PRK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 30 μM AKRRRLSSLRA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Pyk2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Pyk2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


p70S6K (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, p70S6K (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KKRNRTLTV, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Ret (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Ret (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


RIPK2(h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, RIPK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ROCK-I (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ROCK-I (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KEAKEKRQEQIAKRRRLSSLRASTSKSGGSQK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ROCK-II (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ROCK-II (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 30 μM KEAKEKRQEQIAKRRRLSSLRASTSKSGGSQK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ROCK-II (r)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ROCK-II (r) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 30 μM KEAKEKRQEQIAKRRRLSSLRASTSKSGGSQK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Ron (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Ron (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKSRGDYMTMQIG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Ros (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Ros (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl2, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Rse (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Rse (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KVEKIGEGTYGVVYK, 1 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Rsk1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Rsk1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KKKNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Rsk1 (r)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Rsk1 (r) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KKKNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Rsk2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Rsk2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KKKNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Rsk3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Rsk3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM KKKNRTLSVA, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SAPK2a (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SAPK2a (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SAPK2b (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SAPK2b (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SAPK3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SAPK3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SAPK4 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SAPK4 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.02 mM EGTA, 0.33 mg/ml myelin basic protein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SGK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SGK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SGK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SGK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 30 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


SGK3 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, SGK3 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM GRPRTSSFAEGKK, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Snk (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Snk (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2 mg/ml casein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Syk (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Syk (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


TAK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, TAK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 2 mg/ml casein, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


TBK1 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, TBK1 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 200 μM KRRRALS(p)VASLPGL, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Tie2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Tie2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


TrkA (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, TrkA (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


TrkB (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, TrkB (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


TSSK2 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, TSSK2 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 100 μM KKKVSRSGLYRSPSMPENLNRPR, 10 mM MgAcetate and [y-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Yes (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, Yes (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ZAP-70 (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ZAP-70 (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 mM EGTA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.1% R-mercaptoethanol, 0.1 mg/ml poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MnCl2, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a Filtermat A and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


ZIPK (h)


In a final reaction volume of 25 μl, ZIPK (h) (5-10 mU) is incubated with 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 μM KKLNRTLSFAEPG, 10 mM MgAcetate and [gamma-33P-ATP] (specific activity approx. 500 cpm/pmol, concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the MgATP mix. After incubation for 40 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a 3% phosphoric acid solution. 10 μl of the reaction is then spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed three times for 5 minutes in 75 mM phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting.


Example 6
Effects of Compounds on Ribosomal RNA Synthesis

Assays can also be conducted to determine the effects of compounds on rRNA synthesis from 45S rDNA. Synthesized rRNA is quantified by a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assay. A primer/probe set can be designed using Primer Express software and synthesized by a commercial supplier, such as Applied Biosystems. A 5′ ETS Probe having the following sequence (at its 3′ end): 6FAM-TTG ATC CTG CCA GTA GC-MGBNFQ is used. Representative primer sequences are as follows:









Forward Primer: CCG CGC TCT ACC TTA CCT ACC T





Reverse Primer: GCA TGG CTT AAT CTT TGA GAC AAG.






A control assay that detects effects of the compounds on C-myc transcription can also be conducted using a primer/probe set, that can be purchased from ABI (TaqMan Gene Expression Assay with assay ID: Hs99999003_m1). The following assay protocol is utilized:


Step 1. Reverse transcription of RNA to DNA


Mix the following:


1 ug RNA


2.5 ul 10× Taq Man buffer


5.5 ul 25 mM MgCl2


5 ul of a mix of dNTP (500 uM each)


1.2 ul random hexamer primer (2.5 uM stock)


0.5 ul RNase inhibitor (0.4 units/ul)


0.6 ul Reverse Transcriptase (1.2 units/ul)


and bring to 25 ul total volume with water. Incubate at 48 degrees C. for 30 minutes. Inactivate Reverse Transcriptase by incubating at 95 for 5 minutes


Step 2. PCR


Mix the following:

    • 5 ul Reverse Transcriptase reaction product
    • 12.5 ul 2×PCR mix
    • 1 uM forward primer
    • 1 uM reverse primer
    • 0.5 uM Taq Man probe
    • 500 nM Rox
    • Adjust to 25 ul final volume with water


PCR cycles


95 degrees C. 1 minute


40 cycles of


95 degrees C. 15 seconds


60 degrees C. 1 minute.


In addition to assessing c-Myc levels as a control, levels of other gene products can be detected, such as GAPDH.


Example 7
Effects of Compounds on Cell Viability

A representative cell-proliferation assay protocol using Alamar Blue dye (stored at 4° C., use 20 ul per well) is described below. This assay monitors the reducing potential of metabolically active proliferating cells: proliferating cells reduce the Alamar Blue to form a fluorescent product, while non-proliferating cells and dying cells do not. Thus the proliferating cells are counted using a fluorescence visualization method to compare the effects of the test compounds. The first procedure hereafter describes a representative assay with HCT-116 cells, and other cell lines can be utilized. For example, a useful colon cancer cell line is colo320, which is a colon adenocarcinoma cell line deposited with the National Institutes of Health as accession number JCRB0225. Parameters for using such cells are available at the http address cellbank.nihs.go.jp/cell/data/jcrb0225.htm. Human cervical cells also may be utilized as described hereafter.


Cell Viability Assay 1


a. Split and trypsinize HCT-116 cells.


b. Count cells using hemocytometer.


c. Plate 4,000-5,000 cells per well in 100 μl of medium and seed into a 96-well plate according to the following plate layout. Add cell culture medium only to wells B10 to B12. Wells B1 to B9 have cells but no compound added.



















1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12





















A

EMPTY













B
NO COMPOUND
Medium





ADDED
Only














C
10 nM
100 nM
1 uM
10 uM
QQ58S



D
10 nM
100 nM
1 uM
10 uM
Comp1



E
10 nM
100 nM
1 uM
10 uM
Comp2



F
10 nM
100 nM
1 uM
10 uM
Comp3



G
10 nM
100 nM
1 uM
10 uM
Comp4












H

EMPTY










d. Add 100 μl of 2× drug dilution to each well in a concentration shown in the plate layout above. At the same time, add 100 μl of media into the control wells (wells B10 to B12). Total volume is 200 μl/well.


e. Incubate four (4) days at 37° C., 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator.


f. Add 20 μl Alamar Blue reagent to each well.


g. Incubate for four (4) hours at 37° C., 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator.


h. Record fluorescence at an excitation wavelength of 544 nm and emission wavelength of 590 nm using a microplate reader.


Cell Viability Assay 2


Human cervical epithelial cells (HeLa cells) are obtained from American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.). Cells are grown in Eagle's minimum essential medium (MEM, Hyclone, Utah) supplemented with 2 mM Glutamine, 0.1 mM nonessential amino acid, 1 mM Na Pyruvate, 1.5 g/L NaHCO3, 50 mg/L gentamicin, and 10% fetal bovine serum (Hyclone, USA) in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 at 37° C. Antiproliferative effects of anticancer drugs are tested by the CellTiter 96 AQueous assay (Promega, WI), which is a colorimetric assay for determining the number of viable cells. (See, e.g., Wang, L., et al., Methods Cell Sci (1996) 18:249-255). Generally, cells (2,000 to 5,000 cells/well) are seeded on 96 well flat bottom plates (Corning, N.Y.) in 100 μl of culture medium without any anticancer drug on day 0, and the culture medium is exchanged for that contained anticancer drugs at various concentrations on day 1. After incubation for 3 days under normal growth conditions (on day 4), the monolayers are washed once in PBS, and the medium is switched to 100 μl of PBS in each of the 96 well plate. After mixing MTS and PMS at the ratio of 20:1, 20 μl of MTS/PMS solution is added to each of the 96 well plate and incubated for 4 hours in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 at 37° C. The absorbance is read at 490 nm using FLUOstar Galaxy 96 well plate reader (BMG Labtechnologies, Germany).


Cell Viability Assay 3


A representative assay for detecting cell apoptosis, which makes use of an Annexin V-Alexa 488 staining protocol is performed as follows. Seed 1.5-2.0×106 HCT-116 cells/10 cm dish/10 ml medium. Incubate overnight or up to 24 hrs at 37° C. in a CO2 incubator. The following day, treat cells with varying concentrations of test compound (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 μM test compound). Maintain one or two untreated plates (medium only) as control plates. The following controls are used: untreated samples (no Alexa or propidium iodide), controls treated with propidium iodide or Alexa 488 only, and controls treated with both Alexa 488 and propidium iodide. Harvest cells (collect attached as well as floating cells). Wash cells twice with cold PBS. Re-suspend cells in 1× Annexin binding buffer. Count cells and dilute in 1× Annexin binding buffer to about 106 cells/0.1 ml, preparing a sufficient volume to have 100 μl per assay. Add 5 μl of the Annexin V conjugate to each 100 μl of cell suspension. Add 4 μl of propidium iodide solution (stock=1 mg/ml) to each 100 μl of cell suspension and incubate the sample at RT for 15 minutes. Add 400 μl Annexin binding buffer, mix gently and keep samples on ice. Analyze stained cells immediately by flow cytometry.


Example 8
In Vitro Quadruplex Interaction Characterization

Various methods may be used for in vitro characterization of the compounds of the present invention, including but not limited to i) stop assays; ii) quadruplex/duplex competition assay; iii) quadrome footprints; and iv) direct assay in the absence of a competitor molecule.


Stop Assays. Stop assays are high throughput, first-pass screens for detecting drugs that bind to and stabilize the target G-quadruplex. Generally, DNA template oligonucleotide is created, which contains the nucleotide sequence of the “target” quadruplex against which drug screening is desired. A fluorescently labeled primer DNA is then annealed to the 3′ end of the template DNA. A DNA polymerase such as Taq polymerase is then introduced to synthesize a complementary strand of DNA by extending from the fluorescently labeled primer. When the progress of the Taq polymerase is unhindered, it synthesizes a full-length copy of the template. Addition of a test drug that merely binds to duplex DNA but does not bind selectively the quadruplex region results in a decrease in synthesis of full length product and a concomitant increase in variable-length DNA copies. If, however, the test drug selectively binds to and stabilizes the quadruplex, the progress of polymerase arrests only at the quadruplex, and a characteristic “Stop Product” is synthesized.


Compounds are initially screened at a single concentration, and “hits” are re-assayed over a range of doses to determine an IC50 value (i.e., the concentration of drug required to produce an arrest product/full-length product ratio of 1:1). These products are visualized by capillary electrophoresis. In one assay embodiment, a 5′-fluorescent-labeled (FAM) primer (P45, 15 nM) was mixed with template DNA (15 nM) in a Tris-HCL buffer (15 mM Tris, pH 7.5) containing 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM EDTA and 0.1 mM mixed deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dNTP's). In one example, the FAM-P45 primer (5′-6FAM-AGTCTGACTGACTGTACGTAGCTAATACGACTCACTATAG CAATT-3′) (SEQ ID NO. 17) and the c-Myc template DNA (5′-TCCAACTATGTATACTGGGG AGGGTGGGGAGGGTGGGGAAGGTTAGCGACACGCAATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATT AGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT-3′) (SEQ ID NO. 18) were synthesized and HPLC purified by Applied Biosystems. The mixture was denatured at 95° C. for 5 minutes and, after cooling down to room temperature, was incubated at 37° C. for 15 minutes.


After cooling down to room temperature, 1 mM KCl2 and the test compound (various concentrations) were added and the mixture incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature. The primer extension was performed by adding 10 mM KCl and Taq DNA Polymerase (2.5 U/reaction, Promega) and incubating at 70° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction was stopped by adding 1 μl of the reaction mixture to 10 μl Hi-Di Formamide mixed and 0.25 μl LIZ120 size standard. Hi-Di Formamide and LIZ120 size standard were purchased from Applied Biosystems. The partially extended quadruplex arrest product was between 61 or 62 bases long and the full-length extended product was 99 bases long. The products were separated and analyzed using capillary electrophoresis. Capillary electrophoresis was performed using an ABI PRISM 3100-Avant Genetic Analyzer. The assay was performed using compounds described above and results are shown in Table 1. μM concentrations reported in Table 1 are concentrations at which 50% of the DNA was arrested in the assay (i.e., the ratio of shorter partially extended DNA (arrested DNA) to full-length extended DNA is 1:1).


Quadruplex/Duplex Competitor Assay. The selectivity of compounds for the target quadruplex sequence relative to duplex DNA may be measured using a competition assay (i.e., “selectivity screen”). This selectivity screen uses the stop assay as a reporter system to measure the relative ability of an externally added DNA sequence to compete with the target quadruplex structure formed in the DNA template for binding of the drug. For example, the competitors are the c-myc quadruplex sequence, which is identical to the quadruplex sequence present in the template DNA; or a plasmid DNA which mimics complex genomic duplex DNA. The degree to which each competitor successfully “soaks up” drug in solution is reflected by the quantitative decrease in synthesis of the stop product. In this manner, the relative binding affinities of drug to both the target quadruplex and duplex DNA are determined. In certain assays, the G-quadruplex binding ligand is added at the concentration previously established to produce a 1:1 ratio of stop-product to full-length product. A CC50 for each nucleic acid competitor is defined as the concentration of competitor required to change the ratio of arrest product to full-length product from 1:1 to 1:2. Representative nucleic acid sequences for use in this assay are set forth hereafter in Table 4.









TABLE 4







TGFB3-81


TATACGGGGTGGGGGAGGGAGGGATTAGCGACACGCAATTGCTATAGTGA





GTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





HRAS-85


TATACCGGGGCGGGGCGGGGGCGGGGGCTTAGCGACACGCAATTGCTAT





AGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





BCL2-97(full)


TAGGGGCGGGCGCGGGAGGAAGGGGGCGGGAGCGGGGCTGTTAGCGACA





CGCAATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





HMGA-97


TTAGAGAAGAGGGGAGGAGGAGGAGGAGAGGAGGAGGCGCTTAGCGACAC





GCAATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





MYC99


TCCAACTATGTATACTGGGGAGGGTGGGGAGGGTGGGGAAGGTTAGCGA





CACGCAATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





IMOTIF99


TCCAACTATGTATACCCTTCCCCACCCTCCCCACCCTCCCCATTAGCGAC





ACGCAATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





Humtel-95


TCATATATGACTACTTAGGGTTAGGGTTAGGGTTAGGGTTACTGCCACGC





AATTGCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





SRC89


ATGATCACCGGGAGGAGGAGGAAGGAGGAAGCGCGCTGCCACGCAATT





GCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTAGCTACGTACAGTCAGTCAGACT





Primer (45 MER):


AGTCTGACTGACTGTACGTAGCTAATACGACTCACTATAG





CAATT









Quadrome Footprints. Compounds may also be evaluated for their ability to bind to other native quadruplex structures of biological relevance, including quadruplex control elements that regulate a range of different oncogenes. The resulting data are used to create a Quadrome footprint.


Direct Interaction Assay. Compounds may be evaluated for their ability to interact directly with nucleic acids capable of forming a quadruplex structure, wherein the nucleic acid is not a telomeric nucleic acid. The assay may be performed in the same or different vessels. For example, a compound may be contacted with each nucleic acid in the same vessel. Alternatively, a compound may be separately contacted with each of the nucleic acids tested in a different vessel. A telomeric nucleic acid as used herein represents a region of highly repetitive nucleic acid at the end of a chromosome. As used herein, a direct interaction is measured without the presence of a competitor nucleic acid.


An interaction between the compound and the nucleic acid may be determined for example, by measuring IC50 values, which are indicative of the binding and/or quadruplex stabilization. The selectivity of interactions may be determined, for example, by comparing measured IC50 values. For example, the lowest IC50 values may be used to indicate a strong interaction between the compound and the nucleic acid, while highest IC50 values show a poor interaction; thus, showing selectivity of interaction. The reaction products may be characterized by capillary electrophoresis.


Transcription Reporter Assay. In a transcription reporter assay, test quadruplex DNA is coupled to a reporter system, such that a formation or stabilization of a quadruplex structure can modulate a reporter signal. An example of such a system is a reporter expression system in which a polypeptide, such as luciferase or green fluorescent protein (GFP), is expressed by a gene operably linked to the potential quadruplex forming nucleic acid and expression of the polypeptide can be detected. As used herein, the term “operably linked” refers to a nucleotide sequence which is regulated by a sequence comprising the potential quadruplex forming nucleic acid. A sequence may be operably linked when it is on the same nucleic acid as the quadruplex DNA, or on a different nucleic acid. An exemplary luciferase reporter system is described herein.


A luciferase promoter assay described in He, et al., Science (1998) 281:1509-1512 often is utilized for the study of quadruplex formation. Specifically, a vector utilized for the assay is set forth in reference 11 of the He, et al., document. In this assay, HeLa cells are transfected using the lipofectamin 2000-based system (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's protocol, using 0.1 μg of pRL-TK (Renilla luciferase reporter plasmid) and 0.9 μg of the quadruplex-forming plasmid. Firefly and Renilla luciferase activities are assayed using the Dual Luciferase Reporter Assay System (Promega) in a 96-well plate format according to the manufacturer's protocol.


Circular Dichroism Assay. Circular dichroism (CD) is utilized to determine whether another molecule interacts with a quadruplex nucleic acid. CD is particularly useful for determining whether a PNA or PNA-peptide conjugate hybridizes with a quadruplex nucleic acid in vitro. PNA probes are added to quadruplex DNA (5 μM each) in a buffer containing 10 mM potassium phosphate (pH 7.2) and 10 or 250 mM KCl at 37° C. and then allowed to stand for 5 minutes at the same temperature before recording spectra. CD spectra are recorded on a Jasco J-715 spectropolarimeter equipped with a thermoelectrically controlled single cell holder. CD intensity normally is detected between 220 nm and 320 nm and comparative spectra for quadruplex DNA alone, PNA alone, and quadruplex DNA with PNA are generated to determine the presence or absence of an interaction (see, e.g., Datta, et al., JACS (2001) 123:9612-9619). Spectra are arranged to represent the average of eight scans recorded at 100 nm/min


Fluorescence Binding Assay. An example of a fluorescence binding assay is a system that includes a quadruplex nucleic acid, a signal molecule, and a test molecule. The signal molecule generates a fluorescent signal when bound to the quadruplex nucleic acid (e.g., N-methylmesoporphyrin IX (NMM)), and the signal is altered when a test compound competes with the signal molecule for binding to the quadruplex nucleic acid. An alteration in the signal when test molecule is present as compared to when test compound is not present identifies the test compound as a quadruplex interacting compound.


50 μl of quadruplex nucleic acid or a nucleic acid not capable of forming a quadruplex is added in 96-well plate. A test compound also is added in varying concentrations. A typical assay is carried out in 100 μl of 20 mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.0, 140 mM NaCl, and 100 mM KCl. 50 μl of the signal molecule NMM then is added for a final concentration of 3 μM. NMM is obtained from Frontier Scientific Inc, Logan, Utah. Fluorescence is measured at an excitation wavelength of 420 nm and an emission wavelength of 660 nm using a FluoroStar 2000 fluorometer (BMG Labtechnologies, Durham, N.C.). Fluorescence often is plotted as a function of concentration of the test compound or quadruplex-targeted nucleic acid and maximum fluorescent signals for NMM are assessed in the absence of these molecules.


Gel Electrophoretic Mobility Shift Assay (EMSA). An EMSA is useful for determining whether a nucleic acid forms a quadruplex and whether a nucleotide sequence is quadruplex-destabilizing. EMSA is conducted as described previously (Jin & Pike, Mol. Endocrinol. 10: 196-205 (1996)) with minor modifications. Generally, synthetic single-stranded oligonucleotides are labeled in the 5′-terminus with T4-kinase in the presence of [γ-32P] ATP (1,000 mCi/mmol, Amersham Life Science) and purified through a sephadex column 32P-labeled oligonucleotides (30,000 cpm) are then incubated with or without various concentrations of a testing compound in 20 μl of a buffer containing 10 mM Tris pH 7.5, 100 mM KCl, 5 mM dithiothreitol, 0.1 mM EDTA, 5 mM MgCl2, 10% glycerol, 0.05% Nonedit P-40, and 0.1 mg/ml of poly(dI-dC) (Pharmacia). After incubation for 20 minutes at room temperature, binding reactions are loaded on a 5% polyacrylamide gel in 0.25× Tris borate-EDTA buffer (0.25×TBE, 1×TBE is 89 mM Tris-borate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA). The gel is dried and each band is quantified using a phosphoimager.


DMS Methylation Protection Assay. Chemical footprinting assays are useful for assessing quadruplex structure. Quadruplex structure is assessed by determining which nucleotides in a nucleic acid are protected or unprotected from chemical modification as a result of being inaccessible or accessible, respectively, to the modifying reagent. A DMS methylation assay is an example of a chemical footprinting assay. In such an assay, bands from EMSA are isolated and subjected to DMS-induced strand cleavage. Each band of interest is excised from an electrophoretic mobility shift gel and soaked in 100 mM KCl solution (300 μl) for 6 hours at 4° C. The solutions are filtered (microcentrifuge) and 30,000 cpm (per reaction) of DNA solution is diluted further with 100 mM KCl in 0.1×TE to a total volume of 70 μl (per reaction). Following the addition of 1 μl salmon sperm DNA (0.1 μg/μl), the reaction mixture is incubated with 1 μl DMS solution (DMS:ethanol; 4:1; v:v) for a period of time. Each reaction is quenched with 18 μl of stop buffer (b-mercaptoethanol:water:NaOAc (3 M); 1:6:7; v:v:v). Following ethanol precipitation (twice) and piperidine cleavage, the reactions are separated on a preparative gel (16%) and visualized on a phosphoimager.


Example 9
Cytochrome P450 (CYP450) Inhibition Assay

The compounds of the present invention may be evaluated for potential inhibitory activity against cytochrome P450 isoenzymes. Generally, six reaction tubes with 100 μL of a solution containing 50 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, 2.6 mM NADP+, 6.6 mM glucose 6-phosphate, 0.8 U of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase/mL and 1:6 serial dilutions of the test compound will be prepared along with six tubes of 1:6 serial dilutions of a suitable positive control inhibitor. The reactions will be initiated by adding 100 μL of a pre-warmed enzyme/substrate solution to the reaction tubes. A zero time-point control reaction will be prepared by adding 50 μL of acetonitrile to 100 μL of cofactor solution to inactivate the enzymes, then adding 100 μL of enzyme/substrate solution. A control reaction with no inhibitor may also be prepared. After a suitable incubation at 37 C, the reactions will be terminated by the addition of 50 μL of acetonitrile. The reactions will be analyzed for the metabolite forms of the probe substrate using LC/MS/MS.


Example 10
Evaluation of Compound Efficacy in Tumor Suppression

A representative study for evaluating the efficacy of compounds of the present invention in athymic nude mouse models of human carcinoma is as follows. Male or female animals (mouse, Taconic) (NCR, nu/nu) aged five to six weeks and weighing more than 20 grams will be used. The animals are purposely bred and will be experimentally naïve at the outset of the study. Tumors are propagated either from injected cells or from the passage of tumor fragments. Cell lines that can be utilized include, but are not limited to, HCT116, alia Paca-2, HPAC, Hs700T, Panc10.05, Panc 02.13, PL45, SW 190, Hs 766T, CFPAC-1 and PANC-1.


Cell implantation. One to ten million cells suspended in 0.1 ml culture media with or without Matrigel (Collaborative Biomedical Products, Inc, Bedford, Mass.) are inoculated subcutaneously in the right flank of animals. There generally is one injection per animal. Within 7-14 days of injection tumors develop to a study use size of approximately 1.0 cm3. Donors and tumors often are grown 10-28 days and to a size of 1.5 cm3 in order to be used for serial transplantation.


Fragment transplantation. Donor animals are euthanized and tumors surgically excised and cut into 2 mm3 size fragments using aseptic technique Animals to be implanted are lightly anesthetized with isoflurane. The area implanted is cleansed with 70% alcohol and betadine. A single fragment is implanted subcutaneously using a trocar.


Efficacy studies. Tumor bearing animals are randomly divided. For example, in a representative study, animals may be randomly divided into groups containing 5-10 animals each, as described in Table 5.














TABLE 5









Dose
Number



Number


Solution
Euthanized


Group
of Males/

Dose Vol.
Conc.
on:


No.
Females
Dose Level
(μL)
(mg/mL)
Day 28-42







1
N = 5-10
Negative Control*
250

all


2
N = 5-10
Positive Control**
 10-400 IP
2 to 5 IP
all





 10-250 IV
2.5 to 5 IV





125-500 PO
≦10 PO




Test Compound


Groups 3-8
N = 5-10/
1 to 25 IP
 10-400 IP
2.5 to 5 IP
all



grp
1 to 50 IV
 10-250 IV
2.5 to 5 IV



<56 total
50 to 200 PO
125-500 PO
10 PO





*Vehicle/Diluent


**Commercially available anticancer compounds including, but not limited to, Taxol, CPT11 and Gemcitabine will be used as positive controls.






Dosing Procedure. Compounds will be administered QD, QOD, Q3D or once weekly via IP, IV (lateral tail vein) or PO. Animals will be dosed in a systematic order that distributes the time of dosing similarly across all groups. For bolus IP and PO dosing, animals will be manually restrained. For IV bolus dosing or short term IV infusion (one minute), animals will be mechanically restrained but not sedated. Disposable sterile syringes will be used for each animal/dose.


Efficacy studies for two exemplary compounds of the invention in an HCT-116 xenograft model are shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B. Both results show that exemplary compounds of the invention exhibit anti-tumor activity in an HCT-116 xenograft model.


Example 11
Evaluation of Maximum Tolerated Doses

A representative experiment for evaluating the maximum tolerate dose (MTD) of compounds of the present invention may be designed as follows. Selection for animal models is as described herein.


Acute Toxicity Studies. In a representative study to determine the MTD after a single dose, sixty naive animals, for example, will be randomly divided into groups containing 10 animals (5 male and 5 female) and will receive either one compound via two routes of administration or two compounds via a single route of administration. A single 50 mg/kg IV dose has been shown to be tolerated, and is used as the preliminary low dose levels. The low dose for oral studies is based on projected tolerability and will be adjusted downward if necessary. A representative design of dose levels, dose volumes and dose solution concentration are described in Table 6.














TABLE 6






Number


Dose




of Males


Solution
Number



and
Dose Level
Dose Vol.
Conc.
Euthanized on:


Group No.
Females
(mg/kg)
(μL)
(mg/mL)
Day 7









Test compound #1





1
N = 5 M
 50 IV
250 IV
  5 IV
all



N = 5 F
100 PO
500 PO
  5 PO
all


2
N = 5 M
 75 IV
250 IV
8.25 IV
all



N = 5 F
200 PO
500 PO
  10 PO


3
N = 5 M
100 IV
250 IV
  10 IV
all



N = 5 F
300 PO
500 PO
  15 PO




Test compound #2


4
N = 5 M
 50 IV
250 IV
  5 IV
all



N = 5 F
100 PO
500 PO
  5 PO


5
N = 5 M
 75 IV
250 IV
8.25 IV
all



N = 5 F
200 PO
500 PO
  10 PO


6
N = 5 M
100 IV
250 IV
  10 IV
all



N = 5 F
300 PO
500 PO
  15 PO









SubChronic Studies. In a representative study to characterize dose-response relationships following repeated dosing, twenty-five naive animals, for example, will be randomly divided into groups containing 5 animals each as described in Table 7. Each two week study will test only one compound via a single route of administration at an optimal dose derived from data collected in prior acute toxicity studies.














TABLE 7






Number


Dose




of Males


Solution
Number



and
Dose Level
Dose Vol.
Conc.
Euthanized on:


Group No.
Females
(mg/kg)
(μL)
(mg/mL)
Day 14







1
N = 5
Negative Control
250 IV
Depends on
all





500 PO
Dose Level


2
N = 5
Test Compound
250 IV
Depends on
all


QD

As Determined in
500 PO
Dose Level




MTD Studies


3
N = 5
Test Compound
250 IV
Depends on
all


QOD

As Determined in
500 PO
Dose Level




MTD Studies


4
N = 5
Test Compound
250 IV
Depends on
all


Q3D

As Determined in
500 PO
Dose Level




MTD Studies


5
N = 5
Test Compound
250 IV
Depends on
all


Q7D

As Determined in
500 PO
Dose Level




MTD Studies









Dosing Procedure. Compounds will be administered QD, QOD, Q3D or Q7D via IV (lateral tail vein) or PO. Animals will be dosed in a systematic order that distributes the time of dosing similarly across all groups. For PO dosing, animals will be manually restrained. For IV bolus dosing or short term IV infusion (one minute), animals will be mechanically restrained but not sedated. Disposable sterile syringes will be used for each animal/dose.


Example 12
Evaluation of Pharmacokinetic Properties

A representative pharmacokinetic study for evaluating pharmacokinetic properties of the compounds herein may be designed as follows. Male animals (mouse, Balb/c or rat, SD) aged five to six weeks. For rat models, rats weighing more than 200 grams will be used. In a representative study, twenty animals, for example, will randomly divided into 4 groups, as shown in Table 8. One group with be untreated and samples taken to be used as a base line. The other three groups will be and administered a single dose of compounds by intravenous injection.











TABLE 8





Group
No. of
Time followed by injection


No.
Animals
(h)







1
2
Naïve


2
6
.25, 2, 8


3
6
.5, 4, 12


4
6
1, 6, 24









Dosing Procedure. Compounds will be administered via IV (lateral tail vein), IP or PO. Animals will be dosed in a systematic order that distributes the time of dosing similarly across all groups. For IP and PO dosing, animals will be manually restrained. For IV bolus dosing or short term IV infusion (one minute), animals will be mechanically restrained but not sedated. Disposable sterile syringes will be used for each animal/dose.


Approximately 0.5 ml of blood will be collected from the naive animals via cardiac puncture prior to the first dose Terminal blood samples (0.5 ml) will be collected via cardiac puncture from two animals per group per time point according to the above chart. All samples will be placed in tubes containing lithium heparin as anticoagulant and mixed immediately by inverting. They will be centrifuged and the plasma flash frozen in liquid nitrogen, stored at −70° C. or greater and analyzed for drug levels.


Example 13
Determination of In Vitro Metabolic Stability in Hepatocytes

A representative protocol to determine the stability of a new chemical entity in the presence of hepatocytes (human, rat, dog, monkey) in in vitro incubations may be designed as follows. The test article will be incubated with hepatocytes and suitable media for various times at 37° C. The reaction mixtures will be extracted and analyzed by LC/MS/MS for the parent compound and anticipated metabolites. If applicable, a half-life will be calculated for the consumption of the test article. Metabolism controls will be run for comparison of the half-life values with that obtained for the test article. The metabolism controls may be tolbutamide, desipramine and naloxone, which have defined pharmacokinetics corresponding to low, moderate and high in vivo clearance values, respectively.


Metabolic Stability Study. Generally, solutions of the test compounds will be prepared along with a cocktail solution of metabolism controls that are intended to provide a reference for enzyme activity. The reactions will be initiated by combining these pre-warmed solutions with hepatocyte suspensions and with a media control solution. Control zero samples will be taken from these reactions immediately after initiation. Additional samples may be taken at appropriate time points. Each sample will be immediately placed in a terminating solution (acidified MeCN containing IS) to stop the reaction. Hepatocyte blank suspensions and test compound standard solutions will be prepared.


Samples and standards for the test compound as well as appropriate blanks may be subjected to a custom sample preparation procedure and analyzed for the parent and/or metabolite form of the test compound using HPLC coupled with tandem mass spectrometry. Samples and standards for the metabolism controls may be subjected to the analytical method described herein. Where Krebs Henseleit buffer will be added, the buffer is bubbled with 5% CO2 in air at room temperature for 5-10 minutes before adding BSA to a final concentration of 0.2% w/v. The volume of terminating solution and the method of sample preparation will be determined for the test article during method development.


Test Article/Media Solution. A solution of the test article will be prepared by adding an appropriate volume of the stock solution to 0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer equilibrated with 5% CO2 in air. The final concentration will be between 5 μM and 20 μM, and the final assay concentration at initiation of the reactions will be between 1 μM and 10 μM.


Metabolism Controls/Media Solution. A solution of tolbutamide, desipramine and naloxone will be prepared by adding an appropriate volume of each 10 mM stock solution to 0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer equilibrated with 5% CO2 in air. The final concentration will be 20 μM for each metabolism control and the final assay concentration will be 10 μM at initiation of the reactions.


Hepatocyte Suspension Solution. The hepatocytes will be thawed and isolated according to the vendor (Invitrotech, Inc.) instructions. During the final step of the procedure, the viability of the cells will be determined using the method of trypan blue exclusion. Then, the hepatocytes will be resuspended with 0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer equilibrated with 5% CO2 in air so the final concentration is 0.5 million viable cells/mL. The concentration at the initiation of the reactions will be 0.25 million viable cells/mL.


Initiating Test Article Incubation. Equal volumes of the test article solution prepared in step 2.1.3 will be dispensed into four polypropylene scintillation vials. The vials are pre-warmed for 5-10 minutes at 37° C. with 95% humidity and 5% CO2. Equal volumes of 0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer equilibrated with 5% CO2 in air will be added to two of the vials and mixed thoroughly. Immediately after initiating the reaction, a timer is started and a 100 μL sample is removed from each vial and placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing a suitable volume of terminating solution. These samples will serve as media controls to check for non-enzymatic degradation and non-specific binding to the vessel.


Equal volumes of the hepatocyte suspension prepared above will be added to two of the vials and mixed thoroughly. Immediately after initiating the reaction, a timer is started and a 100 μL sample is removed from each vial and placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing a suitable volume of terminating solution. All vials are placed in an incubator maintained at 37° C., 95% humidity and 5% CO2.


Initiating Metabolism Control Incubation. Equal volumes of the metabolism control solution prepared above will be dispensed into two polypropylene scintillation vials. The vials are pre-warmed for 5-10 minutes at 37° C. with 95% humidity and 5% CO2. Equal volumes of the hepatocyte suspension prepared above will be added to each of the two vials and mixed thoroughly. Immediately after initiating the reaction, a timer is started and a 100 μL sample is removed from each vial and placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing an equal volume of terminating solution. All vials are placed in an incubator maintained at 37° C., 95% humidity and 5% CO2.


Sample Collection. The vials will be gently shaken and samples (100 μL) will be removed and placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing an appropriate volume of terminating solution according to the following schedule: Test article samples are taken after 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes; metabolism control samples are taken after 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes. Immediately after removal of the samples, the vials are placed back in the incubator until the last sample is collected.


Blank Preparation. A sample (100 μL) of the hepatocyte suspension will be added to an equal volume of 0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer and mixed thoroughly. A 100 μL sample of this solution will be removed and placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing the same volume of terminating solution used for the test article reaction. A sample of the incubation medium (0.2% BSA in Krebs Henseleit buffer) will be placed into a 1.7-mL centrifuge tube containing the same volume of terminating solution used for the test article reaction.


Sample Preparation and Analysis. All vials will be centrifuged at 16,000 g for 3 minutes. The supernatants will be placed into polypropylene autosampler vials and stored at 4° C. (<1 day) or −70° C. (>1 day) until analysis. The test article solutions will be analyzed using HPLC/MS/MS conditions according to standard procedures. In one example, the following HPLC conditions may be used: column (Phenomenex Synergi Hydro-RP, 100.0×2.0 mm, 5 μm); guard column (Phenomenex C18, 4.0×2.0 mm, 5 μm); flow rate (0.3 mL/min); column temperature at 45° C.; injection volume at 10 μL; and ambient autosampler temperature.


Example 14
Determination of In Vitro Metabolic Stability in Microsomes

A representative protocol to determine the stability of a new chemical entity in the presence of liver microsomes (human, rat, dog, monkey) in in vitro incubations may be designed as follows. The test article will be incubated with microsomes and suitable media for various times at 37° C. The reaction mixtures will be extracted and analyzed by LC/MS/MS for the parent compound and anticipated metabolites. If applicable, a half-life will be calculated for the consumption of the test article. Metabolism controls will be run for comparison of the half-life values with that obtained for the test article. The metabolism controls are tolbutamide, desipramine and testosterone, and these compounds have defined pharmacokinetics corresponding to low, moderate and high in vivo clearance values, respectively.


Metabolic Stability Study. Generally, six pre-warmed reaction vials with 100 μL of a solution containing 50 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, 2.6 mM NADP+, 6.6 mM glucose 6-phosphate, 0.8 U/mL of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 1, 10 or 50 μM of the test compound are prepared. Similar reactions with metabolic controls representing low (tolbutamide), moderate (desipramine), and high (testosterone) clearance compounds are run simultaneously with the same enzyme solution. The reactions are initiated by adding 100 μL of a pre-warmed enzyme solution and incubated at 37° C. The zero time-point reaction is prepared by adding 50 μL of acetonitrile (containing internal standard) to the test compound/cofactor solution prior to adding the enzyme solution. After 15, 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes, a reaction tube is removed from the water bath and the reaction is terminated with 50 μL of acetonitrile containing internal standard. The reactions are extracted and the samples are analyzed for the parent form of the test compound and one metabolite using a C18 column with MS/MS detection. Each assay is performed in duplicate.


Cofactor/Test compound Solution Concentrations. A stock solution of 10 mM NCE will be prepared in 10% DMSO (v/v). For all assays, a 2, 20 or 100 μM solution of the test article will be prepared in 50 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, 2.6 mM NADP+, 6.6 mM glucose 6-phosphate and 0.8 U/mL of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase (cofactor solution).


Cofactor/Metabolism Control Solution Concentrations. Stock solutions of the metabolism controls (tolbutamide, desipramine, and testosterone) will be used to prepare a 6 μM solution of the metabolism control in cofactor solution described in step


Enzyme Solution Concentrations. The enzyme solutions will be prepared by adding liver microsomes to 50 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, to a final concentration of 1 mg/mL. All microsomes were purchased from XenoTech or InvitroTech, Inc.


Initiating the Reactions. All the reaction tubes will be pre-warmed at 37° C. in a water bath for about 3-5 minutes. The zero time-point control reaction will be prepared for each replicate by adding 50 μL of acetonitrile containing 15.9 μM nebularine (internal standard) to 100 μL of cofactor solution to inactivate the enzymes, and then vortex mixing. The reactions will be initiated by adding 100 μL of the enzyme solution to each of the tubes and vortex mixing. All the tubes, including the zero time-point control, will be incubated in a 37° C. water bath. The final concentrations of all components in the tubes after initiating the reactions are 50 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, 1.3 mM NADP+, 3.3 mM glucose 6-phosphate, 0.4 U/mL of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase, 0.5 mg/mL liver microsomes and 1, 10 or 50 μM test article.


Terminating and Extracting the Reactions. After 15, 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes at 37° C., the reactions will be terminated by the addition of 150 μL of acetonitrile containing 15.9 μM nebularine (internal standard). The zero time-point control is removed from the water bath after 120 minutes. All vials will be centrifuged at 16,000 g for 3 minutes. The supernatants will be placed into polypropylene autosampler vials and stored at 4° C. (<1 day) or −70° C. (>1 day) until analysis.


Analysis of Test Article Solutions. The test article solutions will be analyzed using HPLC/MS/MS conditions according to standard procedures.


Example 15
Bacterial Mutagenicity Test

This Mutagenicity Assessment assay (Ames Assay) will evaluate the potential of the test article extracts to induce histidine (his) reversion in S. typhimurium (his− to his+) or tryptophan (trp) reversion in E. coli (trp− to trp+) caused by base changes or frameshift mutations in the genome of tester organisms. Generally, a plate incorporation assay will be conducted with five strains of Salmonella typhimurium (TA97a, TA98, TA100, TA102, and TA1535) and one strain of Escherichia coli (WP2-uvrA) in the presence and absence of an exogenous mammalian activation system (S9). The test article will be dissolved in 5% dextrose. A series of dilutions will then be prepared in saline just prior to testing. A Range Finding Study will also be conducted for this assay to determine the appropriate doses for definitive mutagenicity assessment.


Test Material Preparation


A stock solution of test article will be prepared at 20.0 mg/mL as follows: 1.0 g test article will be added to 15.0 mL of 0.1 HCl for 1 minute. The test article will be stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. Next 33.0 mL of deionized water will be added and allowed to stir for 30 minutes. The pH will then be adjusted to 3.53. Lower doses will be prepared by dilution in 5% dextrose from this stock immediately prior to use. To minimize any change of degradation, the test article solutions will be kept on ice after preparation and until just prior to dosing procedures. The test article will be administered in vitro, through a solvent compatible with the test system.


Genotypic Characterization of the Test Strains


Working stocks of test strains will be confirmed for genotypic markers and acceptable spontaneous reversion rates. All working stocks should demonstrate a requirement for histidine or tryptophan (E. coli only). Additionally, the following conformations will be made with each assay, as appropriate: sensitivity to crystal violet due to the rfa wall mutation; sensitivity to ultraviolet light due to the deletion of the uvrB gene (uvrA in E. coli), resistance to ampicillin due to the presence of the pKM101 plasmid; and resistance to tetracycline due to the presence of the pAQ1 plasmid. Spontaneous reversion rates for the strains will be determined using the negative controls.


Test articles that are water-soluble will be dissolved in isotonic saline or other suitable solvent. Test articles that are not water-soluble will be dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or other suitable solvent. If DMSO is anticipated to cause adverse reactions with the test article, the test article will be suspended in carboxymethylcellulose. In order to aid in dissolution, heating, vigorous vortexing or alternative solvents may be employed.


Test System


This assay will be conducted in accordance with the plate incorporation methodology originally described by Ames (Ames et al., Mutation Research (1975) 31:347-364) and updated by Maron and Ames (Maron et al., Mutation Research (1983) 113:173-215). This assay has historically been used to detect mutation in a gene of a histidine requiring strain to produce a histidine independent strain or concordantly, to detect mutation in a gene of a tryptophan requiring strain to produce a tryptophan independent strain. In addition, it has been shown to detect diverse classes of chemical mutagens which produce heritable DNA mutations of a type which are associated with adverse effects.


The Salmonella typhimurium strains that may be used in this assay, TA97a, TA98, TA100, and TA102 are described by Maron and Ames, supra; Green et al., Mutation Research (1976) 38:33-42); and Brusick et al., Mutation Research (1980) 76:169-190)). S. typhimurium strain TA1535 and E. coli strain Wp2-uvrA may be obtained from American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. (ATCC numbers: 29629 and 49979, respectively). All working stocks of test strains will be confirmed for genotypic markers and acceptable reversion rates. Working stocks should demonstrate a requirement for histidine or tryptophan (E. coli only).


Experimental Methods


Master plates of the tester strains will be prepared from frozen working stocks. To create working cultures for each bacterial strain used in the assay, a single colony will be transferred from the master plate into Oxoid nutrient broth and incubated, with shaking, at 37±2° C. until an optical density (at 650 nm) of 0.6-1.6 is reached. This overnight culture will be used for the mutagenicity test and for genotypic confirmation. Genotype tests will be performed as described in the protocol.


For both the dose range and mutagenicity test, a top agar consisting of 0.6% Difco agar in 0.5% NaCl will be melted and a solution of 0.5 mM L-histidine/0.5 mM biotin or 0.5 mM L-tryptophan will be added to the melted top agar at a ratio of 10 mL per 100 mL agar. The supplemented agar will be aliquotted, 2 mL per tube and held at 45-47° C. To prepare the top agar for treatment, 0.1 mL of the test article or control, 0.1 mL of the bacterial culture and 0.5 mL of phosphate buffered saline will be added to the molten agar. The mixture will be briefly vortexed and poured onto a room temperature minimal glucose agar plate (1.5% Difco agar, 2% glucose, in Vogel-Bonner medium E). Metabolic activation will be provided by adding 0.5 mL of the S9 mix in place of the PBS. The plates will be allowed to harden and then incubated 48-72 hours at 37±2° C. All plates will be counted using an automatic image analysis system. Negative control and test article treated plates will also be examined for the presence of a bacterial lawn.


Exogenous Metabolic Activation


The in vitro metabolic activation system used in this assay is comprised of Sprague Dawley rat liver enzymes and a cofactor pool. The enzymes will be contained in a preparation of liver microsomes (S9 fraction) from rates treated with Arochlor to induce the production of enzymes capable of transforming chemicals to more active forms. Immediately prior to use, the S9 will be thawed and mixed with a cofactor pool to contain 5% S9, 5 mM glucose 6-phosphate, 4 mM β-nicotine-adenine dinucleotide phosphate, 8 mM MgCl2 and 33 mM KCl in a 200 mM phosphate buffer at pH 7.4.


Dose Levels and Replicates


The test article will be tested in triplicate at five dose levels (20.0, 10.0, 5.0, 2.5, and 1.25 mg/mL) along with appropriate vehicle (5% dextrose) and positive controls in the dose range assay. This is equivalent to 2.0, 1.0, 0.5, 0.25, and 0.125 mg/plate.


For the definitive assay, three dose levels will be chosen (10.0, 10.0, and 5.0 mg/mL), which is equivalent to 2.0, 1.0, and 0.5 mg/plate. All treatments, including negative and positive control, will be plated in triplicate against test strains TA97a, TA98, TA100, TA102, TA1535, and WP2-uvrA in the presence and absence of metabolic activation. These doses will be chosen based on inducing a range of test article toxicity and maximizing the applied dose.


Control Substances


Control substances may be prepared and used in the mutagenicity assay as described in Table 9.













TABLE 9







Control
Strain
Concentration









ICR-191 Acridine
TA97a
1.0 μg/plate



2-nitrofluorene
A98
10.0 μg/plate 



Sodium azide
TA100 and TA1535
1.5 μg/plate



1-methyl-3-nitro-1-
WP2-uvrA
4.0 μg/plate



nitrosognanidine



2-aminoanthracene
all strains (except
10.0 μg/plate 




TA1535)



2-aminoanthracene
TA1535
1.6 μg/plate










Negative (Vehicle) Control


Tester strains will be plated with untreated dextrose solution at the corresponding maximum concentration (0.1 mL), with and without S9. These plates serve as the negative controls and provide information regarding background lawn and revertant colony formation.


Dose Range Assay


The initial dose range assay starts at the maximum concentration of 2.0 mg/plate. The four lower doses to be tested will be diluted in a 1:2 dilution series.


Reverse Mutation Assay


Each separate bacterial strain, with and without S9, is considered a separate experiment with its own concurrent positive and vehicle controls. All plates will be scored with an automated colony counter and a printout of the data was made. The positive controls will consist of direct-acting mutagens and mutagens requiring metabolic transformation. A two-fold or greater increase in reversion rates may be observed for all strains with the appropriate positive control. The negative control article reversion rates for each strain should be within or slightly below the expected ranges from laboratory historical data. An induced positive result for any strain would be demonstrated by at least a two-fold increase in the number of revertant colonies per plate over the negative control values.


Example 16
In Vitro Chromosome Aberration Assay in CHO Cells

The Chromosomal Aberration Assay may be one of several in vitro tests that can be used to screen materials for their potential genetic toxicity. Chromosome aberrations are mutations which have been associated with carcinogenesis. Therefore, the chromosome aberration assay is relevant for testing potential mutagens and carcinogens (Galloway et al., Environ. Mut. (1985) 7:1-51; Galloway et al., Environ. Mut. (1987) 10:1-175). This Chromosome Aberration Assay evaluates the potential of the test article extracts to induce damage in Chinese Hamster Ovary Cells (CHO). This test will be conducted in the presence and absence of an exogenous mammalian activation system (S9) over three treatment periods. All negative control treated preparations should demonstrate normal levels of spontaneously occurring aberrations while positive control treated cultures should demonstrate dramatic, dose dependent increases in aberrant chromosomes.


A representative assay to determine whether a test material is clastogenic, i.e., whether it has the capacity to break chromosomes may be designed as follows. Clastogenicity is an important endpoint because it is through chromosomal breakage and inappropriate rejoining that certain oncogenes (e.g., myc) can be activated and certain tumor suppressor genes (e.g., those suppressing retinoblastoma) can be inactivated). In this test, mammalian Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells will be exposed to the test material and blocked in metaphase using a spindle poison. Visualization of chromosomes will be performed microscopically after hypotonic swelling, fixing and staining the treated CHO cells. Agents found to be capable of inducing chromosome breakage have a high probability of being carcinogens and also have the potential for inducing heritable chromosomal defects.


The CHO-K1 cell line (ATCC number: CCL-61) is a proline auxotroph with a modal chromosome number of 20 and a population doubling time of 10-14 hours. This system has been shown to be sensitive to the clastogenic activity of a variety of chemicals (Preston et al., Mutation Res. (1981) 87:143-188). CHO cells will be grown and maintained in McCoy's 5A medium supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum, 1% L-glutamine (2 mM), penicillin (100 units/mL), and streptomycin (100 μg/mL). Cultures will be incubated in 5-7% CO2 with loose caps in a humidified incubator at 37±2° C.


Test Procedures


A stock solution will be prepared at 5 mg/mL. Lower doses will be prepared by dilution in 5% dextrose from this stock immediately prior to use. To minimize any chance of degradation, the test article solutions will be kept on ice after preparation and until just prior to dosing procedures. Cells will be seeded at approximately 1-1.5×106 cells per 75 cm2 tissue culture flask in 10 mL fresh medium one day prior to treatment. For treatment, spent medium will be replaced with fresh growth medium and the test article extract, negative or positive control will be added to each flask. Positive controls will be dosed in 0.1 mL volumes to minimize vehicle toxicity. The test article dilutions and negative control will be dosed in 1 mL volumes. Fresh medium will be added to bring the total treatment volume to 10 mL. For the portion of the test with metabolic activation, the S9 activation mix will be added to serum free medium at 1.5%, (v/v) final concentration. All treatments will be carried out in duplicate. The cells will be incubated at 37±2° C. in the presence of the test article extract, the S9 reaction mixture (metabolic activation portion of the study only) and growth medium. The assay will be divided into three treatment periods: 3 hours, 3 hours with S9 activation, and 20 hours.


After the treatment period, all flasks will be evaluated microscopically for gross manifestations of toxicity. i.e., morphological changes in cells or significant cell detachment. All flasks will be washed twice with phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Normal growth medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) will be added to the freshly washed cells and the flasks will be returned to the incubator for an additional 14.5-15.5 hours. Microscopic evaluation will be performed immediately prior to harvest. Two hours prior to harvest, 1 μg of colcemid will be added (0.1 μg/mL final concentration) to all flasks to accumulate dividing cells.


The test article extracts will be tested in duplicate at six dose levels (0.5, 0.16, 0.05, 0.016, 0.005, and 0.0016 ml/mL final concentration in culture) along with appropriate vehicle and positive controls.


Metabolic Activation System


The use of a metabolic activation system is an important aspect for evaluation of a test article, as some compounds exist only in a promutagenic state. That is, they become mutagenic only after being acted upon by an outside metabolic source. In vitro test systems lack this ability to metabolize compounds unless an outside system such as S9 is added.


The in vitro metabolic activation system to be used in this assay may comprise Sprague Dawley rat liver enzymes and an energy producing system necessary for their function (NADP and isocitric acid; core reaction mixture). The enzymes will be contained in a preparation of liver microsomes (S9 fraction) from rats treated with Arochlor 1254 to induce enzymes capable of transforming chemicals to more active forms. The S9 may be purchased from Moltox (Boone, N.C.) and retained frozen at less than −70° C. until use. This S9 fraction will be thawed immediately before use and added to the core reaction mixture.


Cell Fixation, Staining and Scoring


Metaphase cells will be collected by mitotic shake off, swollen with 75 mM KCl, fixed in methanol: glacial acetic acid (3:1 v/v). Cells will be pipetted onto glass slides after resuspension in fresh fixative and air dried. The slides will be labeled with a blind code. Three slides will be prepared from each treatment flask. Slides will be stained with Giemsa and permanently mounted. All slides will be read under blind code with the exception of the high dose positive controls, which are evaluated first to ensure the aberration frequency was adequate. Two hundred cells per dose (100 from each of the duplicate flasks) will be read from each of the doses. One hundred cells will be read from each of the high dose positive controls in accordance with the following definitions and were scored as such.


Chromatid Type


TG (Chromatid Gap): “Tid Gap”. An achromatic (unstained) region in one chromatid, the size of which is equal to or smaller than the width of a chromatid. These are noted but not usually included in final totals of aberrations, as they may not all be true breaks.


IG (Isochromatid Gap): “Chromosome Gap”. The gaps are at the same locus in both sister chromatids. These are noted but are not usually included in final totals of aberrations, as they may not all be true breaks.


TB (Chromatid Break): An achromatic region in one chromatid, larger than the width of a chromatid. The associated fragment may be partially or completely displaced, or missing.


ID (Chromatid Deletion): Length of chromatid “cut” from midregion of a chromatid resulting in a small fragment or ring lying beside a shortened chromatid or a gap in the chromatid.


TR (Triradial): An exchange between two chromosomes, which results in a three-armed configuration. May have an associated acentric fragment.


QR (Quadriradial): The same as the triradial, but resulting in a four-armed configuration.


CR (Complex Rearrangement): An exchange among more than two chromosomes which is the result of several breaks and exchanges.


TI (Chromatid Interchange): Exchange within a chromosome involving one or both arms.


Chromosome Type

SB (Chromosome Break): Terminal deletion. Chromosome has a clear break forming an abnormal (deleted) chromosome with an acentric fragment that is dislocated and may remain associated or may appear anywhere in the cell.


DM (Double Minute Fragment): Chromosome interstitial deletion. These appear as small double “dots” or may be paired rings. In some cases, they cannot be distinguished from acentric fragments that result from exchanges or terminal deletions.


D (Dicentric): An exchange between two chromosomes that results in a chromosome with two centromeres. This is often associated with an acentric fragment in which it is classified as Dicentric with Fragment (DF).


MC (Multi-centric Chromosome): An exchange among chromosomes that results in a chromosome with more than two centromeres.


R (Ring): A chromosome that forms a circle containing a centromere. This is often associated with an acentric fragment, in which case it is classified as Ring with Fragment (RF). Acentric rings are also included in this category.


Ab (Abnormal Monocentric Chromosome): This is a chromosome whose morphology is abnormal for the karyotype, and often the result of such things as a translocation or pericentric inversion. Classification used if abnormally cannot be ascribed to, e.g., a reciprocal translocation.


T (Translocation): Obvious transfer of material between two chromosomes resulting in two abnormal chromosomes. When identifiable, scored at “T”, not as “2 Ab”.


Other

SD (Severely Damaged Cell): A cell with 10 or more aberrations of any type. A heavily damaged cell should be analyzed to identify the type of aberrations and may not have 10 or more, e.g., because of multiple fragments such as those found associated with a tricentric.


PU (Pulverized Chromosome): Despiralized or fragmented chromosome. This may simply be at a different stage of chromosome condensation.


P (+Pulverized Cell): More than one chromosome, up to the whole nucleus, is “pulverized”.


PP (Polyploid Cell): A cell containing multiple copies of the haploid number of chromosomes. Polyploid cells are occasionally observed in normal bone marrow or cell culture. These are recorded but are not included in final totals of structural aberrations.


Control Substances


Control substances are prepared and used in this assay as described in published reports. Positive controls which may be used are: cyclophosphamide—High dose 15 μg/mL; cyclophosphamide—Low dose 5 μg/mL; mitomycin C—High dose 1.0 μg/mL; and citomycin C—Low dose 0.25 μg/mL. For negative (vehicle) control, the CHO cells are treated with the 5% dextrose negative controls with and without S9 activation. These treatments provide information regarding background numbers of aberrant cells.


Assay Validity Evaluation and Statistical Analysis


The total number of aberrations (% CA) of the solvent control culture(s) should fall within 1-14%. High dose positive controls should produce a statistically significant increase in the number of aberrations at the 95% confidence level (p<0.05) as determined by statistical analysis. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) may be used to identify significant differences between positive and negative control groups or test article and negative control groups. A difference is considered significant when the p value obtained is less than 0.05.


Example 17
Safety and Tolerance Determination in Dogs

A representative study for determining the safety and tolerance of compounds at dose levels administered intravenously once daily to beagle dogs for five consecutive days, for example, may be designed as follows. Safety parameters will be monitored through observation, clinical pathology, and microscopic histopathology assessments.


Experimental Design


Table 10 summarizes a representative study. For example, the study will be conducted using three (3) test article and one (1) control article group. The control article will be the solution (5% dextrose in water) used to dilute the test article prior to administration and will be administered at the same volume as the high dose. The test article dosage levels for this study will be approximately 12, 3.8, and 1.2 mg/kg. Test and control articles will be administered once by intravenous (IV) infusion over approximately a one hour period on five consecutive days.


Blood samples for test article blood level analysis will be taken as follows (i.e., pk/tk sampling). Approximately 1.0 mL of blood will be taken from three male and three female dogs in the low dose group at approximately 20 minutes and 40 minutes from the start of the infusion, and then at the end of infusion (Time 0) and at 5, 10, 15, and 30 minutes, and 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours from the end of the infusion after the first and fifth doses. Also, prior to and immediately after Dose 1 and after Dose 5 for all animals, and for recovery animals prior to necropsy, approximately 5-10 second ECG tracings in a lead II configuration will be obtained. Animals will be terminated one (1) or 15 days after the last dose. Blood for hematology and clinical chemistry analysis will be drawn pre-dose and prior to euthanasia at termination. Following euthanasia, a necropsy will be performed to include collection of major organs for microscopic evaluation.













TABLE 10








PRIMARY






NO.
RECOVERY





ANIMALS
(15 DAY)


GROUP

DOSAGE
(MALE/
NO. ANIMALS


NO.
ARTICLEa
(MG/KG)
FEMALE)
(MALE/FEMALE)



















1
Control
0.0
3/3
1/1


2
Test Article
12.0
3/3
1/1


3
Test Article
3.8
3/3
1/1


4
Test Article
1.2
3/3
1/1






aDelivered as an approximate 1 hour infusion







Test Methods


In a representative study, animals will be assigned to groups as follows: The heaviest dog for a sex will be assigned to Group 1, the next heaviest for that sex will be assigned to Group 2, the next heaviest to Group 3, the next heaviest to Group 4, then continue with Groups 2, 3, 4, and 1, then Groups 3, 4, 1, and 2, continuing with this pattern until each group had a full complement of animals. The test and control article will be administered at each dosing as an intravenous infusion into a cephalic or saphenous vein over approximately one hour.


Animals will be weighed daily prior to dosing and prior to necropsy. All animals will be observed for signs of pharmacological activity, behavioral changes, and toxicity immediately and one hour after dosing. Recovery animals will be also observed once daily during the recovery period. Prior to and immediately after Doses 1 and 5 for all animals, and for recovery animals prior to necropsy, approximately five second ECG tracings in a lead II configuration will be obtained. These tracings will be used to provide data for interpretation of the rhythm and amplitude changes of the QRS-complex and T-wave and to measure QT intervals on a number of segments per tracing (approximately 5-10).


Blood Collection


PK/TK. Blood samples for test article blood level analysis will be taken. Approximately 1 mL of blood will be taken from three males and three females in the low dose group at approximately 20 minutes and 40 minutes from the start of the infusion, and then at the end of infusion (Time 0) and at 5, 10, 15, and 30 minutes, and 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours from the end of the infusion after the first and fifth dose. Plasma (lithium heparin anticoagulant) samples will be prepared for analysis.


Clinical Pathology. After overnight fasting and prior to the first dose (baseline; all animals) and then prior to each necropsy, blood samples will be taken for hematology and clinical chemistry. For hematology assays, blood collected at baseline and prior to necropsy (fasted) are analyzed for erythrocyte count, hematocrit, MCH, leukocyte count, differential WC, MCHC, hemoglobin, MCV, platelet count, PT, and APTT. For clinical chemistry assays, blood collected at baseline and prior to necropsy (fasted) will be tested for: aspartate aminotransferase (ASP), globulin & A/G ratio, Alanine aminotransferase (ALT), sodium, alkaline phosphatase, potassium, gamma glutamyltransferase (GGT), chloride, glucose, calcium, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), total bilirubin, creatinine, inorganic phosphorus, total protein, cholesterol, albumin, and triglycerides.


Necropsy


Following blood sample collection, primary treatment and recovery group animals will be sacrificed at their respective termination times and are necropsied. Major organs will be collected, weighed, and preserved for microscopic evaluation. Necropsy will include examination of the cranial, thoracic, abdominal and pelvic cavities, their viscera, the tissues, organs, and the carcass.


Statistical Methods


Statistical analysis of the clinical chemistry and hematology values and organ and body weight data will be performed to compare the test article groups to the control group. The statistical methods used for the data will be selected as appropriate: parametric data will be analyzed using a one way Analysis of Variance, non-parametric data will be analyzed using the Kurskai-Wallis test. A paired t-test will also be used to compare baseline and post treatment clinical chemistry and hematology values for each animal. Probability (p) values of 0.05 or less will be considered significant for all statistical tests.


Example 18
Safety and Tolerance Study in Rats

A representative study to determine the safety and tolerance of a test compound, for example, at three dose levels administered intravenously once daily to rats for five consecutive days may be designed as follows. Safety parameters will be monitored through observation, clinical pathology, and microscopic histopathology assessments. Selected animals will also undergo blood sample collection for pharmacokinetic/toxicokinetic evaluation.


Experimental Methods


Table 11 summarizes a representative study. The study will be conducted using three (3) test and one (1) control article groups. The high and low test article groups and the control group will consist of 28 animals each and will be used to assess tolerance. The medium test article group will consist of 64 animals, of which 28 animals will be used to assess tolerance and 36 animals will be used to determine the level of test article in the blood at various time points after the first and fifth doses in the PK/TK portion of the study. The control article will be the solution (5% dextrose in water; D5W) used to dilute the test article prior to administration and is administered at the same volume as the high dose test article group. The test article dosage levels for this study will be 24, 7.6, and 2.4 mg/kg. Test and control articles will be administered by intravenous (IV) injection into a tail vein over one minute on five consecutive days.


Blood samples for test article blood level analysis will be taken as follows. Approximately 0.3-0.5 mL of blood will be taken from three male and three female rats under anesthesia at each sample time point of pre-dose and at the end of injection (Time 0) and at approximately 0.08, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours from the end of the injection after the first and fifth doses. Animals used to assess tolerance will be terminated one day (for the primary group) or 15 days (for the recovery group) after the last dose. At termination of the tolerance test animals, blood for hematology and clinical chemistry analysis will be drawn prior to euthanasia and following euthanasia. A necropsy will be performed to include collection of major organs for microscopic evaluation. The animals used for the pk/tk blood sampling only to determine the level of test article will be euthanized after the final blood sample is collected without any further sampling or observations.













TABLE 11








PRIMARY






NO.
RECOVERY





ANIMALS
(15 DAY)


GROUP

DOSAGE
(MALE/
NO. ANIMALS


NO.
ARTICLEa
(MG/KG)
FEMALE)
(MALE/FEMALE)



















1
Control
0.0
3/3
1/1


2
Test Article
12.0
3/3
1/1


3
Test Article
3.8
3/3
1/1


4
Test Article
1.2
3/3
1/1






aDelivered as an approximate 1 hour infusion







Test Methods


The test and control article will be administered at each dosing as an intravenous infusion into a tail vein over approximately one minute Animals will be weighed daily prior to dosing and prior to necropsy. All animals will be observed for signs of pharmacological activity, behavioral changes, and toxicity immediately and one hour after dosing. Recovery animals will also be observed once daily during the recovery period. The control animals will be dosed with approximately 6 mL/kg of D5W. The high, mid, and low dose test article animals will be administered dosages of approximately 24 mg/kg, 7.6 mg/kg, and 2.4 mg/kg, respectively.


Blood Collection


PK/TK. Blood samples for test article blood level analysis will be taken. Utilizing 18 male and 18 female medium dose animals, approximately 0.3-0.5 mL of blood will be taken from three male and three female rats under anesthesia at each sampling time point of pre-dose and at the end of injection (Time 0), and at approximately 0.08, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours from the end of the injection after the first and fifth dose. Blood sampling will be via retro-orbital bleeding or cardiac puncture bleeding for an animal's terminal sample. Plasma (lithium heparin anticoagulant) samples will be prepared for analysis. General procedures for chemical pathology, necropsy, and histopathology, as well as statistical methods, such as those previously described, will be followed.


Example 19
Phosphorylated and Total p53 Assay Protocol

A phosphorylated and total p53 assay protocol may be designed as follows. On Day 1, cells are seeded at 2×106 cells/10 cm dish/10 mL medium. On day two, cells will be treated as follows: control=0.05% DMSO (5 μl DMSO stock/10 ml medium); 1 μM test compound (1 μl Stock (10 mM)/10 ml medium); 2 μM test compound (2 μl Stock (10 mM)/10 ml medium); 3 μM test compound (3 μl Stock (10 mM)/10 ml medium); 4 μM test compound (4 μl Stock (10 mM)/10 ml medium) and 5 μM test compound (5 μl Stock (10 mM)/10 ml medium).


On Day 3, cells will be harvested and attached and floating cells will be collected. Cells will be washed twice with PBS, counted and collected at 4×106 cells/sample. The cell pellet will be frozen at −80° C. until further use. On the same day or on Day 4, cells will be extracted using a cell extraction buffer (3 mL cell extraction buffer, 300 μl protease inhibitor and 10 μl 0.3M PMSF). To each sample will be added 200 μl Buffer, and the solution will be vortexed and set on ice for 30 minutes, and subsequently vortexed after every 10 mins. The solution will be then centrifuged at 13,000 rpm for 10 min, and 100 μl supernatant per tube will be aliquoted and stored at −80° C.


Assay preparation (Day 5). An anti-rabbit IgG HRP solution will be prepared by diluting 10 μl of 100× concentrate solution with 1 ml HRP diluent for each 8-well strip. A wash buffer solution will be prepared by diluting the original vial (×25) using distilled water to make a ×1 solution. Dilutions of p53 standard solution or p53 total solution can be prepared as described according to representative parameters of Table 12. To ensure complete reconstitution, standard 1 will be mixed gently and allowed to sit for 10 minutes at room temperature.













TABLE 12







Conc.
Standard Soln.
Dilution Buffer


















Standard 1
 100 Units/ml
Reconstitute 1 Vial worth 0.7 ml




of standard Dil. Buffer










Standard 2
  50 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 1
250 μl


Standard 3
  25 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 2
250 μl


Standard 4
12.5 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 3
250 μl


Standard 5
6.25 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 4
250 μl


Standard 6
3.12 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 5
250 μl


Standard 7
 1.6 Units/ml
250 μl of Standard 6
250 μl


Standard 8
  0

250 μl









Test Procedure. Allow all solution to reach RT and mix gently before use. Take out and insert 8-well strips. Add 100 μl of standard dilution buffer to standard 8 well (0 ng/ml/well or 0 Units/well). Add nothing to the chromogen blank well. Add 100 μl of standard or diluted sample to the appropriate microtiter wells. Generally, the sample should be diluted with standard dilution buffer at least 1:10 or greater. Each sample will be run in duplicates. Gently tap the side of the plate to thoroughly mix. Cover plate with plate cover and incubate for 2 hours at RT or o/n at 4 C. Wash wells with 400 μl working wash buffer 4 times. Let soak for 15-30 sec., and then aspirate the liquid. After washing, the plate will be inverted and tapped dry on absorbance tissue. Add 100 μl of anti-p53 [015] or anti-p53 (total) (detection antibody) to each well except chromogen blank. Tap gently to mix; cover plate and incubate 1 hour at RT. Aspirate solution from wells thoroughly.


Wash wells with 400 μl working wash buffer four times. Let soak for 15-30 sec., and then aspirate the liquid. After washing, the plate will be inverted and tapped try on absorbance tissue. Add 100 μl of anti-rabbit IgG HRP working solution. to each well except chromogen blank. Cover plate and incubate 30 min at RT. Wash wells with 400 μl working wash buffer four times. Let soak for 15-30 sec., and then aspirate the liquid. After washing, the plate will be inverted and tapped try on absorbance tissue. Add 100 μl of TMB (stabilized chromogen substrate) to each well and incubate for 30 min. at RT in the dark. The color will change to blue. Add 100 μl Stop soln. Tap plate gently to mix. The color should change to yellow. Read the plate at A450 nm by setting chromogen blank (=100 μl TMB+100 μl Stop soln) as blank. Read absorbance within 2 hours of assay completion.


Example 20
Caspase-3/7 Assay Protocol

A representative Caspase-3/7 assay protocol may be designed as follows. On Day 1, seed 0.015×106 HCT-116 cells/50 ul/well. Incubate o/n in 37° C. CO2 incubator. On Day 2, remove 25 ul of medium from wells. Treat HCT-116 cells with 1, 3, and 5 uM test compound. Treat positive control group with Staurosporin 0.01, 0.1, 1 uM. Keep six negative control wells treated with medium only (add 25 ul of diluted sample to appropriate wells). Incubate for 24 h at 37° C. in a CO2 incubator. On Day 3, prepare Apo-ONE Homogeneous Caspase-3/7 assay reagent (Promega) at 10 ul reagent/1 ml buffer. Add 50 ul of diluted reagent. Incubate one hour at room temp. Measure fluorescence at 485/520.


Example 21
DNA Cell Cycle Analysis Protocol

A representative DNA cell cycle analysis protocol will be designed as follows. Seed 1.5-2.0×106 cells/10 cm dish (seed one extra dish for unstained cells). Incubate cells in 37° C. humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 24 hours. For synchronizing cells in a low growth state to make cells quiescent, remove media and rinse once with serum-free media, add 10 ml of serum-free media to each dish. Incubate the cells for 24 hr in a 37° C. humidified 5% CO2 incubator. Remove media and add treatment (diluted in serum contained media, 10 ml): 1-5 μM test compound plus control. Incubate the cells for 24 hr in a 37° C. humidified 5% CO2 incubator.


To trypsinize/isolate cells, remove treatment. Add 3 ml trypsin/EDTA solution. Keep floating cells and combine with attached cells. Incubate for 5 min in a 37° C. humidified 5% CO2 incubator. Add 3 ml media (containing FBS) to wells and pipette into centrifuge tube. Centrifuge at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes. Decant supernatant and re-suspend pellet in 2-3 ml PBS. Count cells and wash cells once by putting 2×106 cells/tube, adding 2 ml PBS and centrifuging at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes. Re-suspend pelleted cells in 0.3 ml cold PBS.


To fix cells, gently add 0.7 ml ice cold 70% ethanol drop wise to tube containing 0.3 ml of cell suspension in PBS while vortexing. Leave on Ice for one hour (or up to a few days at 4 C). Centrifuge at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes. Wash one time with cold PBS (1-2 ml). Centrifuge at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes. Re-suspend cell pellet in 0.25 ml cold PBS, add 5 μl of 10 mg/ml RNAse A (the final concentration being 0.2-0.5 mg/ml). Incubate at 37 C for 1 hour. Add 10 μl of 1 mg/ml of propidium iodide solution in deionized water (the final concentration being 10 μl/ml), and keep in the dark and at 4° C. until analysis. Analyze on FACS by reading on cytometer at 488 nm Cells may be stained with propidium iodide on the same day of analysis.


It is understood that the foregoing detailed description and accompanying examples are merely illustrative, and are not to be taken as limitations upon the scope of the invention. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications, including without limitation those relating to the chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, intermediates, syntheses, formulations and/or methods of use of the invention, may be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof. U.S. patents and publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference.

Claims
  • 1. A compound having formula (1):
  • 2. The compound of claim 1, wherein T forms an optionally substituted 5-membered ring selected from the group consisting of:
  • 3. The compound of claim 1, wherein W together with N and Z form an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring that is fused to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
  • 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein W together with N and Z form a group having the formula selected from the group consisting of
  • 5. The compound of claim 1, wherein W together with N and Z forms a 5- or 6-membered ring that is fused to a phenyl.
  • 6. The compound of claim 1, having the general formula (2A) or (2B):
  • 7. The compound of claim 1, having the general formula (3):
  • 8. The compound of claim 1, having the general formula (4A) or (4B):
  • 9. The compound of claim 1, wherein U is C(O)NR1R2; R1 is H, and R2 is a C1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with a heteroatom, or an optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl or a 5-14 membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more N, O or S.
  • 10. The compound of claim 9, where U is C(O)NR1R2, wherein R2 is a C1-10 alkyl substituted with an optionally substituted morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, aminodithiadazole, pyrrolidine, piperazine, pyridine or piperidine ring.
  • 11. The compound of claim 9, where U is C(O)NR1R2, where in R1 and R2 together with N form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodiathiazole.
  • 12. The compound of claim 1, wherein U is C(O)NR1—(CR12)n—NR3R4; n is 1-4; and R3 and R4 in NR3R4 together form an optionally substituted piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, imidazole, or aminodiathiazole.
  • 13. The compound of claim 1, wherein U is C(O)NH—(CH2)n—NR3R4; and R3 and R4 together with N form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, which may be linked to (CH2)n at any position in the pyrrolidine ring.
  • 14. The compound of claim 13, wherein R3 and R4 together with N form an N-methyl substituted pyrrolidine.
  • 15. The compound of claim 14, wherein U is C(O)NH—(CH2)2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl) or C(O)NH—(CH2)2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl).
  • 16. The compound of claim 1, wherein Z is S or NR2.
  • 17. The compound of claim 1, wherein at least one of V, X or Y when attached to C is halo.
  • 18. The compound of claim 1, wherein each optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more acetyl, OR2, amino, alkoxy, amido, halogen, cyano, an inorganic substituent; or a C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, —CONHR1, each optionally substituted by halo, an oxo group, aryl or one or more heteroatoms; inorganic substituents, aryl, carbocyclic or a heterocyclic ring.
  • 19. The compound of claim 1, wherein two of Z1, Z2 and Z3 are C and the other is N, O or S.
  • 20. The compound of claim 19, wherein Z1 is S.
  • 21. The compound of claim 1, wherein two of Z1, Z2 and Z3 are selected from N, O and S, and the other is C.
  • 22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 23. A method for ameliorating a tumor or cancer, comprising administering to a system or a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with a procedure and/or a chemotherapeutic agent, thereby reducing cell proliferation and/or ameliorating said cell-proliferative disorder.
  • 24. The method of claim 23, wherein said cell proliferative disorder is a tumor or cancer.
  • 25. The method of claim 23, wherein the compound of claim 1 is administered to a subject in need thereof, and said subject is human or an animal.
  • 26. A method for reducing microbial titers and/or ameliorating a microbial infection, comprising contacting a system or a subject in need thereof with an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with an antimicrobial agent, thereby reducing microbial titers and/or ameliorating said microbial infection.
  • 27. The method of claim 26, where said system is a cell or tissue, and said subject is human or an animal.
  • 28. The method of claim 26, wherein the microbial titers and/or microbial infection are viral, bacterial or fungal titers.
  • 29. A method for inducing cell death and/or inducing apoptosis, comprising administering to a system or a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound in claim 1, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and optionally with a procedure and/or a chemotherapeutic agent, thereby inducing cell death and/or inducing apoptosis.
  • 30. The method of claim 29, wherein said system is a cell or tissue, and said subject is human or an animal.
  • 31. The method of claim 29, wherein said procedure is radiotherapy or a surgical procedure.
  • 32. The compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of
  • 34. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 in combination with a protein kinase.
  • 35. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 in combination with a nucleic acid containing a nucleotide sub-sequence from SEQ ID NO: 1, a complement thereof, or RNA transcript of the foregoing.
  • 36. The compound of claim 21, wherein Z1 is S, Z2 is C and Z3 is N.
PCT Information
Filing Document Filing Date Country Kind 371c Date
PCT/US07/70774 6/8/2007 WO 00 8/31/2010
Provisional Applications (1)
Number Date Country
60811990 Jun 2006 US